Ducato Manual

1

WELCOME ABOARD

Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on choosing a Ducato. A light commercial vehicle designed toensure large load capacity with first class safety and reliability, able to offer great driving comfort and be a real friendto the environment. The functionality of its every detail, its versatility, engine performance, wealth of equipmentand options, safety systems and totally recyclable components contribute to making Ducato the only light com-mercial vehicle of its kind.

You will see this for yourself when you sit in your Ducato and take to the road.

And you will realise it later when you discover that thanks to its terrific qualities you have everything you needto hand, even when you are driving under the worst conditions.

Before you set off, however, you should read this booklet carefully. It is an indispensable guide to all your Duca-to’s features and will give you first-class advice for high quality driving. Above all, it will be able to provide youwith valuable tips for your own safety, the vehicle’s well-being and about how to protect the environment.

The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the Services that Fiat offers its Customers:

• the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity

• the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers.

Enjoy your read, happy driving and let your work become a real pleasure.

In this Owner Handbook you will find all the versions and contents (optional included)of Fiat Ducato. Take into account only the information regarding the equipment

and version you have purchased.

2

MUST BE READ!REFUELLING

Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) no less than 95.

Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590.

STARTING THE ENGINE

Make sure the handbrake is pulled up; put the gear lever to neutral; press the clutch pedal down to the floorwithout touching the accelerator; then:

automatic gearbox: for operation and use, strictly follow instructions and warnings contained at paragraph“Automatic gearbox” in section “Getting the best out of your vehicle”.

petrol engines: turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine starts.

diesel engines: turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the instrument panel warning light m and Yto go out; then turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine starts.

PARKING OVER INFLAMMABLE MATERIAL

When functioning normally, the catalytic converter reaches high temperatures. For this reason do not parkthe vehicle over inflammable material, grass, dry leaves, pine needles, etc.: fire hazard.

K

�

3

ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES

If, after buying the vehicle, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), visita Fiat Dealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the vehicle’s electricsystem can support the required load.�

CODE card

Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the vehicle. You should always keep the electronic code written onthe CODE card with you in case you need to carry out an emergency start-up procedure.

SCHEDULED SERVICING

Correct maintenance of the vehicle is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safe-ty features, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.

THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…

…information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your vehicle, and its mainte-nance. Pay particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) (vehiclewell-being).

The signs you see on this page are very important. They highlight those parts of the handbook where, more thananywhere else, you should stop for a minute and read carefully.

As you can see, each sign has a different symbol to make it immediately and easy to identify the subjects in thedifferent areas:

THE SIGNS TO HELP YOU DRIVE CORRECTLY

4

Personal safety.Important. Total or partial failure to

follow these instructions can place dri-ver, passengers or others in seriousdanger.

Environmental protection.This shows you the correct proce-

dures to follow to ensure that the ve-hicle does not harm the environment.

Vehicle well-being.Important. Total or partial failure to

follow these instructions will result inthe risk of serious damage to the ve-hicle and may invalidate the warrantyas well.

5GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

GGEETTTTIINNGG TTOO KKNNOOWW YYOOUURR VVEEHHIICCLLEEDASHBOARDThe presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the vehicle version.

1 Side air vents - 2 Direction indicators and light stalk - 3 Instrument panel - 4 Windscreen wiper stalk - 5 Central air vents - 6 Writing/reading desk - 7 Sound system compartment - 8 Central button panel - 9 Central air vents -10 Oddment trays/passenger’s airbag - 11 Side air vents - 12 Bottle holder - 13 Current socket - 14 Ashtray - 15 Air dis-tribution - 16 Air temperature - 17 Air recirculation - 18 Cigar lighter - 19 Fan control - 20 Gear shift lever - 21 Ignitionswitch - 22 Steering wheel adjustment lever - 23 Horn - 24 Airbag - 25 Oddment trays

fig. 1 F0D0080m

6 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

fig. 2 F0D0246m

The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the vehicle version.

1 Side air vent - 2 Oddment trays/passenger’s airbag - 3 Central air vents - 4 Central button panel - 5 Sound system com-partment - 6 Writing/reading desk - 7 Direction indicators and light stalk - 8 Instrument panel - 9 Windscreen wiper stalk -10 Oddment trays - 11 Ignition switch - 12 Airbag - 13 Horn - 14 Steering wheel adjustment lever - 15 Gear shift lever -16 Air distribution - 17 Current socket - 18 Ashtray - 19 Air temperature - 20 Air recirculation - 21 Cigar lighter - 22 Fancontrol - 23 Bottle holder


SYMBOLS

Special coloured labels have been at-tached near or actually on some ofthe components of your Ducato.These labels bear symbols that remindyou of the precautions to be taken asregards that particular component.

KEYS fig. 3

The following keys are provided withthe vehicle:

– two keys A with metal insert andpower-assisted opening if the vehicleis not equipped with remote control;

– key A and key B if the vehicle is fit-ted with a door lock remote control.

– Key A is the key that is used nor-mally. It will:

– start the engine;

– lock/unlock the front doors;

– lock/unlock the side sliding doors;

– lock/unlock the rear doors;

– lock/unlock the fuel filler cap.

fig. 3

F0D

0128

m

THE FIAT CODESYSTEM

To further protect your vehicle fromtheft, it has been fitted with an engineimmobiliser system (Fiat CODE)which is automatically activated whenthe ignition key is removed.

An electronic device, in fact, is fittedin each ignition key grip. The devicemodulates a signal when the engine isstarted through a special aerial builtinto the ignition switch. The modulatesignal, which changes each time theengine is started, is the password bymeans of which the control unitrecognises the key and enables tostart the engine.

The CODE card fig. 4 is also sup-plied with the keys and it bears the fol-lowing:

A - the electronic code to be usedfor emergency starting (see “Emer-gency start-up” in the “In an emer-gency” section);

B - the mechanical key code to begiven to the Fiat Dealership whenordering duplicate keys.

Keep the CODE card in a safe place.

You should always have the elec-tronic code number written on theCODE card with you at all times incase you need to perform an emer-gency start-up.

OPERATION

Each time the ignition key is turnedto STOP, or PARK, the protectionsystem will automatically immobilisethe engine.When the key is turned to MAR to

start the engine:1) If the code is recognised the Y

fig. 5 warning light on the instrumentpanel will flash briefly: this means thatthe protection system has recognisedthe key code and disabled the engineimmobiliser. Turn the key to AVV, tostart.2) If the Y warning light stays on,

the code was not recognised. In thiscase, turn the key to STOP and thenback to MAR. If the engine remainsimmobilised, try with the other keysprovided.

fig. 5

F0D

0191

m

All the keys and theCODE card must behanded over to the new

owner when selling the vehicle.


The key B, with a built-in remotecontrol, has the same functions as keyA in vehicles with door lock/unlockremote control.

IMPORTANT In order to ensureperfect efficiency of the electronic de-vices contained inside the keys, theyshould never be exposed to directsunlight.

U.K. Vehicles only

At the behest of the motor InsuranceCompanies the CODE card for emer-gency starting and remplacement ofkeys is not provided. If you need as-sistance please contact your nearestFiat Dealership or telephone FreePhone 0800 717000.

fig. 4

F0D

0001

m


DUPLICATE KEYS

When additional keys are required,go to your Fiat Dealership, taking allthe keys in your possession and theCODE card with you. The Fiat Deal-ership will store the old and new keys(up to eight) in the system. The FiatDealership may ask you to demon-strate that you own the vehicle.

The codes of any keys that are notavailable when the new storage pro-cedure is carried out will be deletedfrom the memory to prevent any lostor stolen keys being used to start theengine.

All the keys and the CODE cardmust be handed over to the new own-er when selling the vehicle.

DOOR LOCKREMOTE CONTROL

The radio-frequency remote controlis built into the ignition key.

The key fig. 6 includes the following:

– a metal insert A that can be en-closed in the key grip

– a button E for power-assistedopening of the metal insert

– a button C for remote door un-locking and electronic alarm deactiva-tion (where provided) at the sametime, and timed switching on of the in-ternal ceiling lights;

– a button D for remote door lock-ing and electronic alarm activation(where provided) at the same time,and switching off of the internal ceilinglights;

– led B indicating control sending toelectronic alarm system receiver.

If you are still unable to start the en-gine, perform the emergency start-upprocedure (see “In an emergency”)and call your Fiat Dealership.

When the vehicle is travelling and thekey is at MAR:

1) If the Y warning light comes onwhile the vehicle is moving, this meansthat the system is running a self-test(e.g. due to a voltage drop).

2) If the Y warning light flashes, thevehicle is not protected by the engineimmobiliser. Contact a Fiat Dealer-ship immediately and get them tostore the codes of all the keys in thememory.

IMPORTANT The electronic com-ponents inside the key may be dam-aged if the key is subjected to sharpknocks.

IMPORTANT Each key providedwith the vehicle has its own code, dif-ferent from all the others, which mustbe stored in the memory of the sys-tem control unit.


IMPORTANT The remote controlsystem frequency can be disturbed bysignificant radio transmissions outsidethe car (e.g: mobile phones, HAM ra-dio systems, etc.) that could cause re-mote control malfunctioning.

MINISTERIALHOMOLOGATION

In the respect of the legislation inforce in each country in the matter ofradio-frequency devices, please notethat:

– the market-specific homologationnumbers are listed in paragraph “Ra-dio-frequency remote control” in sec-tion “Technical Specifications”.

– the homologation number is print-ed on the component for marketswhere this is required.

fig. 6F0

D01

30m

To insert the metal insert in the keygrip, keep the button E pressed andturn the insert in the direction shownby the arrow until hearing the click asit locks into place. Then release thebutton E.

For instructions on ordering addi-tional remote controls or replacingthe batteries, refer to the relevantparagraphs in the following pages. Re-fer to “Radio-frequency remote con-trol” in section “Technical Specifica-tions” for the relevant ministerial ho-mologation.

When pressing the buttonE, take care to prevent the

metal insert from causing harm ordamage when it comes out. Thebutton E should only be pressedwhen the key is away from thebody, in particular from the eyes,and from objects that can be spoilt(e.g.: clothes). Make sure the keycan never be touched by others, es-pecially children, who may inad-vertently press the button E.

WARNING


REQUEST FOR ADDITIONALREMOTE CONTROLS

The receiver will acknowledge up toeight remote controls.

If additional remote control are re-quired or any reasons, go to a FiatDealership, taking all the keys youown and the CODE card with you.

REPLACING THE BATTERIES

If when button (C or D-fig. 6) ispressed, the key led B-fig. 6 flashesonce only, change the battery with anew one.

To replace the battery:

– press button A-fig. 7 and movethe metal insert B to the open posi-tion;

– using a finely-tipped screwdriver,turn the opening device C to :: andpull out the battery holder D;

ELECTRONIC ALARM

The electronic alarm can be re-quested only for versions with fixedpanel and has the following functions:

– remote controlled locking and un-locking of doors;

– perimetral surveillance, detectingthe opening of doors, bonnet, sidedoor and rear door;

– volumetric surveillance, detectingintrusions in the cabin only; load com-partment does not undergo volumet-ric surveillance.

Used batteries pollutethe environment. Disposeof them in the special

containers as specified by currentlegislation or take them to yournearest Fiat Dealership, whichwill deal with their disposal.

fig. 7F0

D01

29m

fig. 8

F0D

0204

m

– replace the battery E making surethat the bias is correct;

– re-insert the battery holder in thekey and lock it, turning the device Cto ;.


OPERATION

The electronic alarm fitted on the Fi-at Ducato is controlled by the receiv-er located on the front ceiling light andis switched on by means of the radio-frequency remote control.

Volumetric protection sensors C-fig. 8 are located in the ceiling light.

The alarm can only be switched onwhen the ignition key is removed fromSTOP or PARK position.

The electronic alarm control unit in-cludes also the alarm siren that can becut out.

To switch the electronic alarmon: press button D-fig. 6 on the re-mote control briefly. You will hear abeep and the direction indicators willflash for approximately three seconds(only in countries where this is al-lowed).

Led A-fig. 9, set on the right side ofthe steering column, will blink whenthe system is on.

To switch the electronic alarmoff: press the remote control buttonC-fig. 6. You will hear two beeps andthe direction indicators will flash twice(only in countries where this is al-lowed).

To cut out the volumetric sur-veillance: you can cut out the volu-metric protection function beforeswitching the electronic alarm on. Pro-ceed as follows: take the key in rapidsequence from STOP to MAR andthen back to STOP. Then remove thekey.

Led A will light up for approximate-ly two seconds to confirm that thefunction has been cut out.

The volumetric surveillance functionwill be restored (before switching theelectronic alarm on) after the key hasbeen turned to MAR for at least 30seconds.

To operate an electrical device pow-ered by the ignition key (e.g.: electricwindows), turn the key to MAR, op-erate the control and turn the keyback to STOP within 30 seconds. Inthis way the volumetric surveillancefunction will not be reactivated.

To cut out the siren: when switch-ing the electronic alarm on, keep con-trol button C pressed for over 4 sec-onds and then release it.

You will hear five beeps to confirmthat the siren is cut out and that thealarm is on.

fig. 9F0

D02

09m


SYSTEM SELF-TESTIf the beep is followed after one sec-

ond by another beep when the elec-tronic alarm is switched on, checkwhether the doors, the bonnet andthe load compartment are perfectlyclosed. Try to switch the alarm onagain. If the situation persists, contacta Fiat Dealership.

WHAT SETS THE ALARM OFF

The electronic alarm will be set off if:

1) a door, the bonnet or the loadcompartment is opened;

2) the battery is disconnected or theelectronic alarm power supply cablesare cut;

3) something moves in the passen-ger compartment (volumetric surveil-lance);

4) the key is turned to MAR.

When the alarm is triggered, a sirenwill sound for about 26 seconds (for amaximum of 3 cycles with 5 secondpauses, if the cause of the alarm per-sists) and the direction indicators willflash for about 5 minutes (only in thecountries where this is allowed).

Once the alarm situation has beenresolved, the alarm will return to itsnormal surveillance function.

PROGRAMMING THE SYSTEM

The electronic alarm will have beenprogrammed by Fiat Dealership.Any subsequent programming shouldalso be carried out by a Fiat Deal-ership.

If additional remote control is re-quired for any reasons, go to a FiatDealership, taking all the keys youown and the CODE card with you.

IMPORTANT The electronicalarm operation is prepared accordingto the laws of the specific country.This operation is only to be carriedout by a Fiat Dealership to avoiddamaging the electronic memory stor-age system.


Do not leave the key inserted in theswitch. Cover the keyhole with therubber cap to prevent dust and wa-ter getting in.

Emergency keys should be left in thecar coupled with the switch.

HOW TO KNOW IF THE ALARM HAS GONE OFF

After deactivating the system, led A-fig. 9 will indicate the theft attemptspecifying also the cause of the alarm:fixed light: remote control bat-

tery down1 blink: right-hand door2 blinks: left-hand door5 blinks: volumetric sensors

(indicate a movementinside the passenger’scompartment)

6 blinks: bonnet

To cut off the alarm before this,press the remote control button; ifthis is unsuccessful, turn the emer-gency key to OFF (see next paragraph“How to turn the alarm off”)

HOW TO TURN THE ALARM OFF

If the remote control batteries rundown, or the car alarm system isfaulty, the electronic alarm can be cutout by using one of the two emer-gency keys supplied set on the systemdeactivation control unit (that ishoused in the fuse box on the rightside of the dashboard).

To do this, open the fuse box, takeoff the switch rubber cap, insert thekey and turn it counterclockwise(OFF position); the system is now de-activated.

To turn the system back on, turn thekey clockwise (ON position).

7 blinks: load compartment

8 blinks: tampering with ignition switch

9 blinks: alarm wires cut10 blinks: at least three causes

of alarm.

The led goes off when turning thekey to MAR or after about 2 minutesblinking.

Since the electronic caralarm absorbs electricity,if you will not be using

your car for more than a month,switch the system off with the re-mote control and turn the emer-gency key to OFF.


SEAT BELTSUSING THE SEAT BELTS

The belt should be worn keeping thechest straight and rested against theseat back.To fasten the seat belts, take hold the

fastener tongue A-fig. 10 and insertit into the buckle B, until hearing thelocking click.

The seat belt reel mechanism en-sures that the belt automatically ad-justs to the wearer allowing him orher to move in complete freedom.

When the vehicle is parked on asteep slope the reel mechanism mayblock; this is normal. The reel mech-anism also prevents the webbing com-ing out when it is jerked or if the ve-hicle brakes sharply, is in a collision orwhen cornering at high speed.

fig. 10

F0D

0050

m

Never press button C whentravelling.

WARNING

At removal, if it jams, let it rewind fora short stretch, then pull it out againwithout jerking.To unfasten the seat belts, press but-

ton C. Guide the seat belt with yourhand while it is rewinding, to preventit from twisting.

fig. 13

F0D

0263

m

After using the rear sideseat belts (first row seats),

fasten seat belts into the relevantcatches set aside the seats to pre-vent obstacles when getting in/outof the vehicle.

WARNING


fig. 12F0

D02

62m

fig. 11

F0D

0261

m

For rear single seats(Panorama versions) and bench seats (Combi versions)

The rear seat is fitted with inertialseat belts with three anchor pointsand reel for the side and centre seatsfig. 11.

For their use see the following fig-ures:

- fig. 11 first row left-hand side seat

- fig. 12 first row central seat

- fig. 13 first row right-hand side seat

On certain versions, after using seatbelts, insert tongues D into the rele-vant catches E to prevent obstacleswhen getting in/out of the vehicle.


For rear central bench seat, lap belt without retractor(Combi versions)

To fasten the seat belt: insert thefastener tongue A-fig. 14 into thebuckle B until hearing the lockingclick.

Side seats are fitted with seat beltswith three anchor points.

To unfasten the seat belts: pressbutton C.

To adjust the seat belt: slide the web-bing through adjuster D, pulling end Eto shorten it and length F to length-en it.

IMPORTANT The belt is adjust-ed properly when it fits closely acrossthe hips.

fig. 14

F0D

000

2m

Remember that in the caseof a violent collision, back

seat passengers not wearing seatbelts also represent a serious dan-ger to the passengers in the front(Panorama, Combi and CrewCabversions).

WARNING

For rear central bench seat,seat belt with retractor (Combi versions)

Rear bech seat is fitted with threepoint belt and retractor for centralseat.

fig. 15F0

D02

91m

Belt use is shown in fig. 15

fig. 15a

F0D

0298

m

The rear central seat beltsafety action is only guar-

anteed when the bench seat back-rest is tilted backwards completely(see figure 15a).

WARNING

Always adjust the height of the seatbelt to fit the person wearing it. Thiscould greatly reduce the risk of injuryin the case of collision.

The belt is adjusted properly whenthe webbing passes approximatelyhalfway between the edge of theshoulder and the neck.

5 different adjustments in height areprovided.

PRETENSIONERS

Ducato vehicles fitted with airbagsare also fitted with pretensioners toimprove protection.

These devices “feel” that a violentcollision is in progress via a sensor andpull back a few inches of webbing. Inthis way the pretensioners ensure thatthe belt is adhering perfectly to thebody before the belt begins to holdback the wearer.

When the pretensioner has beentriggered the retractor will lock. Theseat belt cannot be drawn back upeven when guiding it manually.

After you have made theadjustment, always make

sure that the loop is attached firm-ly in one of the preset positions. Todo this, with the button released,exert a further pressure to allowthe anchoring device to catch if re-lease did not take place at one ofthe preset positions.

WARNING


To adjust, press button A-fig. 16 andraise or lower the grip B-fig. 16.

ADJUSTING THE FRONT SEAT BELT HEIGHT

fig. 16

F0D

005

1m

Only adjust seat beltheight when the vehicle is

stationary.

WARNING


IMPORTANT The pretensionerwill give maximum protection whenthe seat belt adheres snugly to thewearer’s chest and hips.A small amount of smoke may be

produced when the pretensioners arefired. This smoke is harmless and doesnot indicate the principle of a fire.

The pretensioner does not requireany maintenance or lubrication. Anymodification of its original state inval-idates its efficiency. If, as the result ofexceptional natural occurrences(floods, sea storms, etc.) the device issoaked through with water and mud,it must be replaced.

Operations involvingbanging, vibrations orheating (exceeding 100°C

for a maximum of 6 hours) in thearea around the pretensionermay trigger or damage the de-vice. Vibrations from rough roadsurfaces or accidental joltingcaused by mounting pavements,etc. do not have any effect on thepretensioner. If, however, youneed any assistance, go to a FiatDealership.

fig. 17F0

D02

64m

The pretensioner can onlybe used once. After a colli-

sion that has triggered it, have it re-placed at a Fiat Dealership. Pre-tensioner validity is written on theplate set on the front left door postnear the hinges (fig. 17). Have pre-tensioners replaced at a Fiat Deal-ership as this date approaches.

WARNING


fig. 18

F0D

0003

m

The webbing must not betwisted. The upper section

must pass across the shoulder andchest diagonally. The lower sectionmust fit closely across the passen-ger’s hips and not the abdomen (fig.18). Do not use clips, fasteners, etc.to prevent the belt adhering to thepassenger’s body.

WARNINGUnder no circumstancesshould the components of

seat belts and pretensioners betampered with or removed. Any in-terventions should be carried out byqualified and authorised personnel.Always contact a Fiat Dealership.

WARNINGGENERAL INSTRUCTIONSFOR THE USE OF THE SEATBELTS

The driver is responsible for re-specting and enforcing the local rulesand laws regarding the use of seatbelts.

Always fasten the seat belts beforestarting.

For maximum safety, keepthe back of your seat up-

right, lean back into it and makesure the seat belt fits closely acrossyour chest and hips. Always fastenseat belts, in front and rear seats!Travelling without seat belts in-creases the risk of severe and fatalinjury in the event of a crash.

WARNING


Seat belts must also be worn by ex-pectant mothers: the risk of injury inthe case of accident is much greater forthem and their unborn child too if theydo not have a seat belt on. Of coursethey must position the lower part ofthe belt very low down so that it pass-es under the abdomen (fig. 20).

fig. 19

F0D

0004

m

fig. 20

F0D

0005

m

If the belt has been sub-jected to heavy stress, for

example after an accident, it shouldbe changed completely togetherwith the anchors, anchor fasteningscrews and the pretensioners. Infact, even if the belt has no visibledefects, it could have lost its re-silience.

WARNINGNever travel with a childsitting on the passenger’s

lap with a single belt to protectthem both (fig. 19). Do not fastenother objects to the body.

WARNING


HOW TO KEEP THE SEATBELTS IN PROPER WORKINGORDER AT ALL TIMES

1) When wearing the seat belts, al-ways ensure they are not twisted andare free to wind in and out.

2) Following a serious accident, re-place the belt being worn at that time,even if it does not seem damaged. Al-ways replace the seat belts if preten-sioners have been activated.

3) When cleaning the belts, washthem by hand with water and neutralsoap, rinse them and let them dry inthe shade. Do not use strong deter-gents, bleach, colouring or any otherchemical substance that could weakenthe fibres.

4) Do not allow the reel mechanismsto get wet: they are only guaranteedto work properly if they remain dry.

5) Replace the seat belt when show-ing significant wear or cut signs.

TRANSPORTINGCHILDRENIN SAFETY

For optimal protection in the eventof a crash, all passengers must be seat-ed and wearing adequate restraint sys-tems.

This is even more important for chil-dren.

According to 2003/20/EC Directive,this prescription is compulsory for allEuropean Community countries.

Compared with adults, their head isproportionally larger and heavier thanthe rest of the body, while the mus-cles and bone structure are not com-pletely developed. Therefore, correctrestraint systems are necessary, oth-er then adult seat belts.

The results of research on the bestchild restraint systems are containedin the European Standard ECE-R44.This Standard enforces the use of re-straint systems classified in five groups:

Group 0 - weight 0-10 kg

Group 0+ - weight 0-13 kg

Group 1 weight 9-18 kg



As it may be noted, the groups over-lap partly and in fact, in commerce itis possible to find devices that covermore than one weight group fig. 21.

All restraint devices must bear thecertification data, together with thecontrol brand, on a solidly fixed labelwhich must absolutely never be re-moved.


Over 1.50 m in height, from thepoint of view of restraint systems, chil-dren are considered as adults andwear the seat belts normally.

We recommend using LineaccessoriFiat child restraint systems for eachweight group. These systems werespecifically designed and tested for Fi-at vehicles.

fig. 21

F0D

0006

m

With passenger’s air bagactive, never place child’s

seats with the cradle facing back-wards since the air bag activationcould cause to the child serious in-juries, even mortal, regardless of theseriousness of the crash that trig-gered it. You are advised to carrychildren always with proper re-straint systems on the rear seats, asthis is the most protected positionin the case of a crash.

WARNINGSERIOUS DANGER If it isabsolutely necessary to car-ry a child on the front pas-senger seat with the cradlechild’s seat facing back-

wards, the front passenger’s air bagmust be deactivated using the keyswitch. In this case it is absolutelynecessary to check the warninglight F (see paragraph “Passen-ger’s front air bag”) to make surethat deactivation has actually tak-en place.

WARNING


GROUP 0 and 0+

Babies up to 13 kg must be carriedfacing backwards on a cradle seat,which, supporting the head, does notinduce stress on the neck in the eventof sharp deceleration.

The cradle is restrained by the vehi-cle seat belts, as shown in fig. 22 andin turn it must restrain the child withits own belts.

GROUP 1

Children from 9 to 18 kg are to beseated facing forward in child seatswith front cushion fig. 23. The vehi-cle seat belt secures both seat andchild.

fig. 22

F0D

0007

m

fig. 23F0

D00

08m

The figure is only an exam-ple. Attain to the instruc-

tions for fastening which must beenclosed with the specific child re-straint system you are using.

WARNINGThe figure is only an exam-ple. Attain to the instruc-


WARNING

Seats exist which are suit-able for covering weight

groups 0 and 1 with a rear connec-tion to the vehicle belts and theirown belts to restrain the child. Dueto their size, they can be dangerousif installed incorrectly fastened tothe vehicle belts with a cushion.Carefully follow the instructions forinstallation provided with the seat.

WARNING


GROUP 2

Children from 15 to 25 kg can be se-cured directly with the vehicle seatbelts. The seat has the purpose of po-sitioning the child correctly with respectto the seat belt so that the diagonal sec-tion crosses the child’s chest (never thechild’s throat) and the horizontal sec-tion fits snugly on the child’s hips (andnot the child’s abdomen) fig. 24.

GROUP 3

For children from 22 kg up to 36 kgthe size of the child’s chest no longerrequires a support to space the child’sback from the seat back.

The fig. 25 shows proper child seatpositioning on the rear seat.

fig. 24

F0D

0009

m

fig. 25F0

D00

10m



WARNING

Children taller than 1.5 m can wearseat belts like adults.



WARNING


Group

Group

Group 0, 0+

Group 1

Group 2

Group 3

Group 0, 0+

Group 1

Group 2

Group 3

up to 13 kg

9 - 18 kg

15 - 25 kg

22 - 36 kg

up to 13 kg

9 - 18 kg

15 - 25 kg

22 - 36 kg

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

Range of weight

Range of weight

Single or two seater

(1 or 2 passengers)

Two-seater(1 passenger)

RH side rearpassenger

Three-seater(2 passengers)

RH side rearpassenger

Centralpassenger

COMBI version

PANORAMA VERSION - SHORT AND MEDIUM WHEELBASE

1st and 2nd REAR SEAT ROW

PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON CHILD’S SEAT USE

Ducato complies with the new EC Directive 2000/3/CE regulating child’s seat assembling on the different vehicle seats ac-cording to the table on next page:

Table key:

U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to European Standard ECE-R44 for the specified “Groups”

CAB


IMPORTANT For foreign markets(Italy excluded), the cabs of vehiclesfor carrying goods are suitable for fit-ting child restraint systems of the“Universal” category, according to Eu-ropean Standard ECE-R44 for the tab-ulated groups.

IMPORTANT For Italian marketonly (foreign countries excluded), thecabs of vehicle for carrying passengers(combi and panorama), are suitable forfitting child restraint systems of the“Universal” category, according to Eu-ropean Standard ECE-R44 for the tab-ulated groups.

Below is a summary of the rulesof safety to be followed for car-rying children:

1) The recommended position forinstalling child’s seat is on the rear seat,as it is the most protected in the caseof a crash;

2) In vehicles fitted with passengerairbag, never place child’s restraintsystems on the front seat.

3) If the passenger’s airbag is deac-tivated always check the warning lightF on the instrument panel to makesure that it has actually been deacti-vated.

4) Attain to the instructions for fas-tening the specific child restraint sys-tem which you are using. These in-structions must be provided by themanufacturer. Keep the child restraintsystem installation instructions withthe vehicle documents and with thisHandbook. Never use a child restraintsystem without installation instruc-tions.

5) Always check the seat belt is wellfastened by pulling the webbing.

6) Only one child is to be strappedto each retaining system.

7) Always check the seat belts donot fit around the child’s throat.

8) While travelling, do not let thechild sit incorrectly or release thebelts.

9) Passengers should never carrychildren on their laps. No-one, how-ever strong they are, can hold a childin the event of a crash.

10) Replace the child restraint sys-tem after an accident.



WARNING


IGNITION SWITCH

The key can be turned to four dif-ferent positions fig. 26.

STOP: engine off, key can be re-moved, steering column locked.

MAR: drive position. All electricaldevices can be used.

AVV: to start the engine.

PARK: engine off, parking lights on,key can be removed, steering columnlocked. To turn the key to PARK,press button A.

STEERING COLUMN LOCK

To engage the lock: remove the ig-nition key at STOP or PARK, andturn the steering wheel until it locks.

To release the lock: rock the steer-ing wheel slightly as you turn the igni-tion key to MAR.

fig. 26

F0D

0052

m

If the ignition switch hasbeen tampered with (e.g.

someone has tried to steal your ve-hicle), get a Fiat Dealership to makesure it is still functioning properlybefore you start driving again.

WARNING

When you get out of thevehicle, always remove the

ignition key. This will prevent any-one from accidentally working thecontrols. Remember to apply thehandbrake and, if the vehicle isfaced up on a steep slope engagethe first gear. If it is facing down,engage the reverse gear. Neverleave children in the vehicle bythemselves.

WARNING

Never remove the ignitionkey while the vehicle is

moving. The steering wheel will au-tomatically lock as soon as you tryto turn it. This also applies whenthe vehicle is being towed.

WARNING

It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out whatever after-

market operation involving steeringsystem or steering column modifi-cations (e.g.: installation of anti-theft Device) that could badly af-fect performance and safety, causethe lapse of warranty and also re-sult in non-compliance of the carwith homologation requirements.

WARNING


INSTRUMENT PANEL

A - Engine coolant temperaturegauge

B - Speedometer

C - Rev counter

D - Fuel level gauge

E - Odometer setting and scheduledservicing

F - Odometer

G - Clock setting.

fig. 27 Left-hand drive version F0D0147m

fig. 28 Right-hand drive version F0D0148m


INSTRUMENTS

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE fig. 29

Under normal conditions, the needleshould hover around the middle of thescale.

If it approaches the red section, itmeans that the engine is being over-taxed and you should reduce your de-mand on it.

Also travelling too slowly when theoutside temperature is very hot cancause the needle to approach the redsector. In this case, it is better to stopand turn the engine off. After a fewmoments you can start the engineagain and accelerate slightly.

SPEEDOMETER

fig. 30 - left-hand drive versions

fig. 31 - right-hand drive versions.

REV COUNTER fig. 32

IMPORTANT The electronic sys-tem progressively blocks fuel flow toprevent engine from overrevving. Thiswill lead to a progressive loss of en-gine power.

If the situation persistseven after the measuresyou have taken, turn off

the engine and have the vehicleseen at a Fiat Dealership.

fig. 29

F0D

0150

m

fig. 30

F0D

0149

mfig. 31

F0D

0153

mfig. 32

F0D

0151

m


fig. 35 - total kilometres

F0A

0011

m

fig. 36 - trip kilometres

F0A

0012

m

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

When the fuel reserve warning lightA-fig. 33 comes on it means thatthere are approximately 8 - 10 litresof fuel left in the tank.

Do not travel with the fuel tank al-most empty: the gaps in fuel deliverycould damage the catalyst.

ODOMETER

The following indications are shownalternately on the display when press-ing button E - fig. 34:

fig. 35 - total kilometres

fig. 36 - trip kilometres

fig. 33

F0D

0152

m

fig. 34F0

D01

55m

There is only one switch E-fig. 34 tozero the partial kilometres and to se-lect the total/partial mileage:

– when total kilometres are dis-played, press the button for less than2 seconds (impulse) to have the par-tial rate (when releasing the button);

– when trip kilometres are displayed,press the button for less than 2 sec-onds (impulse) to have the total rate(when releasing the button). Press thebutton for more than 2 seconds forzero setting (when releasing the but-ton).


fig. 39

F0D

0217

m

ENGINE OIL LEVEL GAUGE(where provided)

The gauge graphically displays the en-gine oil level between the MIN andMAX reference points.To perform measurement ensure

the vehicle is on a flat ground, thenproceed as follows:1) when the engine is not running,

turn the ignition key to MAR;2) the word “OIL” will be displayed

for 5 seconds together with six dashesand five or six boxes showing the cor-rect engine oil level;Fig. 38 - Correct oil level.Fig. 39 - Minimum oil level.Should oil level be at minimum, re-

store oil level to the correct level assoon as possible. Anyhow, before top-ping up, first use the special dipstickto check the level.3) If the words “OIL HIGH” fig. 40

are displayed, this means that oil levelis excessive (over maximum level) andit is therefore necessary to reduce itslevel in the sump.

DIGITAL CLOCK fig. 37

Clock can always be adjusted (alsowith engine off and key removed).

Setting time

The clock will advance by one uniteach time the button G-fig. 37 ispressed. Press the button and hold itdown for a few seconds to rapidly ad-vance the time automatically.

When the clock draws near to thecorrect time, release the button andcomplete the regulation manually.

fig. 37

F0D

0154

m

fig. 38

F0D

0254

m

fig. 40

F0D

0215

m


4) If the engine is started while mea-surement is being performed, thegauge will display total or partial kmrun and time.Press button E-fig. 34 to stop mea-

suring; in this case kilometres run andthe time will be displayed.

SERVICE INDICATOR

Scheduled Servicing provides vehicleservicing every 30.000/20.000/15.000kilometres or once a year. For Coun-tries / markets where applicable,Scheduled Servicing provides vehicleservicing every 18.600 / 12.500 / 9.300miles (instead of kilometres) or oncea year.

This indication will be displayed au-tomatically when turning the ignitionkey to MAR, through servicing indica-tor 1-fig. 43 or 1-fig.44 and throughkilometre indicator 2-fig. 43 or dailyindicator 2-fig. 44 when 2.000 km (or1.200 mi) or 30 days are left before thenext service operation deadline and itis proposed again every 200 km (or200 mi) or every three days.

fig. 41F0

D02

55m

IMPORTANT always follow theterms indicated in “Scheduled Mainte-nance Program” in section “VehicleMaintenance”.

Each time the key is turned to MAR,the system checks the warning light forabout 5 seconds.

The service indicator only workswhen the engine is not running and theignition key is at MAR.

With key at MAR also the service in-dicator symbol 1-fig. 41 is displayed.

Service frequency

The indicator is planned for 20.000km yearly; for Countries / marketswhere applicable, the indicator isplanned for 12.500 miles. If the vehi-cle is normally used in different con-ditions than the preset ones, the ser-vice frequency can be changed ac-cording to vehicle use (normal or se-vere) and the type of engine (petrol orDiesel).

The display will show the followingcodes:

CFG 1 - 30.000 km (or 18.600 mi)and 365 days for normal ve-hicle use for engines: 2.0petrol, 2.0 JTD, 2.8 JTD and2.8 JTD POWER, or for se-vere use for 2.3 JTD engine.

CFG 2 - 20.000 km (or 12.500 mi)and 365 days for severe usefor engines: 2.0 petrol, 2.0JTD, 2.8 JTD and 2.8 JTDPOWER.

CFG 3 - 15.000 km (or 9.300 mi) and365 days for heavy vehicleuse for all engine types.


Service deadline

2.000 km (1.200 mi) beforenext service deadline

When scheduled servicing (coupon)is approaching forecast deadline (2.000km or 1.200 mi), turn the ignition keyto MAR, and servicing indicator 1-fig. 43 or 1-fig. 44 followed by thenumber of kilometres (or miles) 2-fig. 43 or the number of days 2-fig. 44, before vehicle servicing dead-line will flash for 5 seconds on the ser-vicing indicator display.

After these 5 seconds, the odome-ter will return to normal operationand display 2 will show either the to-tal or partial kilometres or total orpartial miles (according to setting).

The information about scheduledservicing is provided in kilometres (kmor mi) or days, depending on the dead-line appearing the first. Contact FiatDealership who will provide to per-form the operations provided by thescheduled servicing and to reset dis-playing.

fig. 43F0

D02

20m

Configuration procedure

To change the service frequency withthe vehicle stationary, turn the ignitionkey to MAR and press button E-fig. 34 for about 10 seconds: the dis-play will show the wrench symbol andthe message “CFG 1” or “CFG 2” or“CFG 3” fig. 42. Press briefly buttonE to set the required configuration,then press it again for about 5 secondsto store the new service frequency;the display will show again clock andkm or miles.

fig. 42

F0D

0219

m

fig. 44

F0D

0250

m


WARNING LIGHTSThe warning lights come on in the

following circumstances:

BATTERY NOTRECHARGING PROPERLY (red)

When there is a fault in the currentgenerating system. The light comes onwhen you turn the ignition key toMAR and should go out as soon asthe engine starts.

A delay in the light going out is ac-ceptable only when the engine is idling.

Contact a Fiat Dealership as soonas possible to prevent draining the bat-tery.

w

IMPORTANT You should contacta Fiat Dealership as soon as prob-lems arise without waiting for the nextservice deadline.

At next startings, wrench 1-fig. 43will come on with fixed light for 5 sec-onds and the display will show againtime and km or mi.

At zero km (or zero miles)

Turning the ignition key to MAR in-dicator 1-fig. 41 will flash for 5 sec-onds with the number of kilometresor miles (0 km or 0 mi) 2-fig. 45 leftbefore the next service operation.

After these 5 seconds, the odome-ter will return to normal operationand display 2 will show either the to-tal or partial kilometres or total orpartial miles.

At next startings, both wrench 1-fig. 45 and km (or miles) 2-fig. 45 willflash for five seconds, then the displaywill show again time and km or miles,where provided.

This situation will subsist until servicefrequency is reset by entering code“CFG 1” or “CFG 2” or “CFG 3”.

fig. 45F0

D02

22m


LOW ENGINE OILPRESSURE (red)

When the engine oil pres-sure falls below the normal level. Thelight comes on when you turn the ig-nition key to MAR and should go outas soon as the engine starts.

A delay in the light going out is ac-ceptable when the engine is idling. Ifthe engine has been taxed heavily, thelight may flash when idling. It should,however, go out when you acceler-ate slightly.

vASR (ANTISLIPREGULATIONSYSTEM) (amber)

Turning the ignition key to MAR,the warning light turns on, but itshould go off after few seconds.

The warning light flashes when thesystem cuts in, to alert the driver thatthe system is adapting to the road sur-face grip conditions.

When the system is turned off withthe specific button, the warning lightcomes on without flashing.

When the system is on and an ASRfault is detected, the warning lightcomes on without flashing. Check thatthe information is correct by pressingthe button once (in this way, if thesystem is working and the ASR is re-stored, the warning light will go off,but if there is a system failure, the ASRwill not be restored and the warninglight will stay on).

In this case contact a Fiat Dealer-ship as soon as possible.

PASSENGER SIDEAIRBAGDEACTIVATED

(amber)

When the passenger airbag has beendeactivated by means of the respec-tive key switch.

FV

If the warning light comeson when the vehicle is run-

ning, stop the engine and contact aFiat Dealership.

WARNING

Warning light F indicatesalso warning light ¬ fail-

ure. This is indicated by intermit-tent flashing, over 4 seconds, ofwarning light F. In this event,warning light ¬ could be not up toindicate restraint system failures, ifany. Stop the car and contact FiatDealership to have the systemchecked.

WARNING


EOBD ENGINEFAILURE CONTROLSYSTEM

(petrol versions only) (amber)In normal conditions, the warning

light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to MAR and should goout as soon as the engine is started.The initial lighting up shows that thewarning light is working properly.

If the warning light either stays on orcomes on while travelling:

1. Fixed light - warning of a fuelfeed/ignition system failure which mayincrease emissions in exhaust or causepossible drops in performance, poorhandling and high consumption.

In such conditions, you can contin-ue driving but you should not tax theengine and you should moderate thespeed. Prolonged use with the warn-ing light on can cause damage. Contacta Fiat Dealershipas soon as possi-ble.

The warning light will go out whenthe failure disappears. In any case, thesystem will store the error.

2. Flashing - warning that the cata-lyst can be damaged (see “EOBD sys-tem” in this chapter).

If the warning light starts flashing, re-lease the accelerator pedal and slowthe engine until the warning light stopsflashing. Continue driving at moderatespeed, preventing the warning lightfrom coming on again. Contact a Fi-at Dealership as soon as possible.

INJECTION SYSTEMFAILURE (diesel versions) (red)

When there is a fault in the injectionsystem.

The warning light should come onwhen the ignition key is turned toMAR and go out after a few seconds.The warning light will stay on or come

on when travelling to indicate imperfectoperation of the injection system withpossible loss of performance, poor han-dling and higher consumption.

In these conditions, you can contin-ue driving but you should avoid de-manding efforts from the engine orhigh speeds. Contact a Fiat Dealer-ship as soon as possible.

Prolonged use of the vehicle with thewarning light on can cause damage tothe engine, especially in the event ofmisfiring. The vehicle can only be dri-ven for a short period of time at lowspeeds.

Occasional and brief lighting of thewarning light is meaningless.

U U

Contact a Fiat Dealer-ship as soon as possible ifthe U warning light ei-

ther does not come on when thekey is turned to MAR or comeson, with fixed light or flashinglight, when travelling. Warninglight Uoperation can be checkedby means of special equipment bytraffic agents. Always complywith the road traffic regulationsin force in the Country where youare travelling.


ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL (red) (where provided)

When the engine coolant in the radi-ator drops under the minimum level.

nAUTOMATICGEARBOX OIL TOOHOT (red)

Turning the ignition key to MAR thewarning light shall come on and go offafter about 4 seconds. If the warninglight stays on or comes on when trav-elling, it indicates that there is a failurein the gearbox (flashing light) or thatthe gearbox oil is too hot (fixed light).

– Fixed light = automatic gearboxoil max. temperature.

Warning light coming on with fixedlight when travelling indicates thatgearbox oil temperature has reachedthe max. set limit; in this case stop thevehicle, set the gear selector to “N”or “P” with engine idling, (in this caseengine cooling fans are on), until thewarning light goes off. You can thencontinue driving but you should nottax the engine.

If the warning light comes on again,stop the vehicle with engine idling andwait until the warning light goes off.

If the warning light comes on againafter less than 15 minutes, stop the ve-hicle, do not switch off the engine butwait for proper cooling of the engine/ gearbox unit (both engine coolingfans off).

– Flashing light = automatic gear-box failure.

Warning light flashing at starting orwhen travelling indicates a fault in theautomatic gearbox.

Engaging the 3rd gear, the automat-ic control system starts an “emer-gency programme”.

Switching the engine off and then onagain, the self-test system could ex-clude the fault and therefore turn offthe warning light.

Failure is however stored and the au-tomatic gearbox shall be checked ata Fiat Dealership.

ENGINE COOLANTTOO HOT (red)

When the engine coolanttemperature exceeds the maximumset level.

u

t


AIRBAG FAILURE (red) (where provided)

The warning light comes on whenthere is a failure in the system.

¬HANDBRAKEENGAGED/LOWBRAKE FLUID LEVEL

(red)

In three cases:

1 - when engaging the handbrake

2 - when the brake fluid level dropsunder the minimum level

3 - with the > warning light to in-dicate an EBD (electronic brakeforcedistributor) failure.

SEAT BELTS (red)(for countries/marketswhere applicable)

When the driver’s seat belt is not fas-tened properly.

DOORS OPEN (red)

When cab door/doorsis/are not perfectly closed.

The warning light is provided only oncertain versions.

FRONT BRAKESWORN (red)

When the front brake padsare worn. Have them replaced andcheck the rear brake pads too.

x <

´

d

If the ¬ warning light doesnot turn on when turning

the ignition key to MAR or if it stayson when travelling, this could indi-cate a failure in safety retaining sys-tems; under this condition air bagsor pretensioners could not triggerin the event of collision or, in a re-stricted number of cases, they couldtrigger accidentally. Stop the carand contact Fiat Dealership to havethe system checked immediately.

WARNING

If x warning light comeson when travelling, check

whether the handbrake is on. If thewarning light stays on and thehandbrake is off, stop immediate-ly and contact a Fiat Dealership.

WARNING


WATER IN DIESELFUEL (amber) (diesel versions)

When there is water in the diesel fil-ter. The light should come on whenthe ignition key is turned to MAR andgo out after a few seconds.

ABS (WHEELANTILOCKINGSYSTEM)

FAILURE (amber)

The warning light comes on whenthere is a failure in the ABS system. Inthis case, the normal braking systemcontinues to work although withoutthe ABS assistance but you shouldhave the vehicle seen to at a FiatDealership as soon as possible.

The warning light should come onwhen the ignition key is turned toMAR and should go out after ap-proximately 2 seconds.

c

The presence of water indiesel fuel can cause se-vere damage to the en-

gine fuel feed system. Conse-quently, you should go to a FiatDealership as soon as the cwarning light comes on to havethe system relieved. Warninglight coming on immediately af-ter refuelling probably indicatesthe presence of water in the tank:turn the engine off and contact aFiat Dealership.

>FIAT CODE (amber)

The warning light comes on in threecases (when the ignition key is atMAR):

1. One flash - the key code has beenrecognised. The engine can be start-ed.

2. Fixed light - the key code has notbeen recognised. Follow the emer-gency procedure to start the engine(see “In an emergency”).

3. Flashing - the vehicle is not pro-tected by the device. The engine canhowever be started.

Y

Vehicles with ABS are fittedwith electronic brakeforce

distributor (EBD). The > and xwarning lights come on at the sametime when the engine is running toindicate that there is an EBD sys-tem failure. In this case violentbraking may be accompanied byearly rear wheel locking with thepossibility of skidding. Drive ex-tremely carefully to the nearest Fi-at Dealership to have the systemchecked.

WARNING


CRUISE CONTROL(green)

When the cruise control ison (ON button pressed).

GLOW PLUGS(amber) (diesel versions)

When the ignition key is turned toMAR. The light will go out when theglow plugs reach the prescribed tem-perature.

DIRECTIONINDICATORS (flashing) (green)

When the direction indicator stalk isoperated.

OUTSIDE LIGHTS(green)

When the side/taillights anddipped beam headlights are switched on.

MAIN BEAMHEADLIGHTS (blue)

When the main beamheadlights are switched on.

m

y

3

1

REAR FOG LIGHTS(amber)

When the rear fog lightsare switched on.

4 ÜWarning light > alone,with the engine running,

normally indicates a fault in theABS system only. In this case, thebraking system is still efficient,though without the anti-locking de-vice. Under these conditions, per-formance of the EBD system maybe reduced. In this case too, you areadvised to go immediately to thenearest Fiat Dealership, driving insuch a way to avoid sharp brakingto have the system checked over.

WARNING


Height adjustment

To raise the seat: move lever B-fig. 46 (front seat part) or lever D-fig.47 (rear seat part) upwards and unloadyour weight on the seat part to beraised.

To lower the seat: move lever B(front seat part) or lever D (rear seatpart) upwards and load your weight onthe seat part to be lowered.

Adjusting the reclining seat backTurn knob C-fig. 47.

fig. 47F0

D00

46m

INDIVIDUALSETTINGS

FRONT SEATS

Moving the seat backwards or forwards

Lift lever A-fig. 46 and push the seatbackwards or forwards.

fig. 46

F0D

0045

m

Only make adjustmentswhen the vehicle is sta-

tionary.

WARNING

Once you have released thelever, check that the seat is

firmly locked in the runners by try-ing to move it back and forth. Failure to lock the seat in placecould result in the seat moving sud-denly and dangerously.

WARNING


E

fig. 48

F0D

0104

m

Lumbar adjustmentThis feature ensures better back sup-

port.To adjust, turn the knob E-fig. 48.

Driver’s seat warming

Press button A-fig. 49 under the dri-ver’s seat (next to handbrake lever) toturn the seat warming off.

SEAT WITH SHOCKABSORBER fig. 50

This seat features suspension withmechanical springing system and hy-draulic shock absorbers to guaranteetop comfort and safety since thespringing system enables to absorb anyshock due to bad surface roads.

This seat is fitted with height-ad-justable armrest and head restraint.

See previous paragraph “Front seats”for moving the seat backwards or for-wards and for height, seat back, lum-bar and armrest adjustment.

Setting seat shockabsorbers/weight

Use the adjusting knob A-fig. 50 toset the required adjustment accordingto your weight, settings range between40 kg and 130 kg.

fig. 49F0

D02

74m

F0D

0279

m

fig. 50


PANORAMA VERSIONS

Adjusting the recliningpassenger’s seat back

Turn knob A-fig. 52.

Reaching the third row seats

To reach the third row seats fromthe side door, use the second row ex-ternal seat lever B-fig. 52 and tilt theseat back forwards.

fig. 52

F0D

0076

m

SEATS WITH ADJUSTABLEARMRESTS

Driver and passenger's seat can befitted with two adjustable armreststhat can be raised or lowered. Toadjust the armrests use the smallwheels A-fig. 51.

fig. 51F0

D06

76m

Should it be absolutely nec-essary to carry a child, on a

child's seat, on the front seat makesure the front passenger's air bagis deactivated, the front passenger'sseat belt is fastened properly andthe armrests are lowered com-pletely to prevent accidental move-ments.

WARNING

Before fastening the frontseat belts make sure the

armrests are set in vertical position(see paragraph “Seat belts”).

WARNING

Before unfastening the seatbelts and getting out of the

vehicle make sure the outer armrest(on door side) is completely raised.

WARNING


fig. 53

F0D

0077

m

Tilting the central seat back(2nd - 3rd)

Pull lever C-fig. 53 upwards and tiltthe seat back forwards.

On the back of the central seat back-rest there is a rigid surface that can beused as armrest or table, fitted withglass/can holders fig. 54.

Use the same lever to set the seatback to its original position.

fig. 54F0

D00

78m

When tipping the central seat back-rest, the seat must be completely setbackwards and the head restraint mustbe lowered.

REVOLVING SEAT (Chassis cowl versions withAirbag, where provided)

It is fitted with three point seat belts(fig. 55), two adjustable armrests andheight adjustable head restraint (seeparagraph “Head restraints”).

Only make adjustmentswhen the vehicle is station-

ary. More particularly, when re-volving the seat make sure the seatis not interfering with the pulled uphandbrake.

WARNING

fig. 55

F0D

0277

m


Adjusting the seat back angle

Use button A-fig. 56.

Height adjustment

Use button C-fig. 56 to raise/low-er the seat.

Moving the seat backwards or forwards

Lift lever D-fig. 56 and push the seatbackwards or forwards.

fig. 56

F0D

0276

m

Revolving the seat

To rotate the seat proceed as fol-lows:

– lower the seat forward complete-ly;

– set the seat fully backwards;

– set the seat back in straight posi-tion;

– press button B-fig. 56 to rotatethe seat.

From the normal position of use theseat can be turned 30° towards thedoor (i.e.: towards the outside of thevehicle) as shown in fig. 57 and 210°towards the inside of the vehicle asshown in fig. 58.

fig. 57F0

D02

94m

fig. 58

F0D

0297

m

When travelling, the re-volving seats shall always

be set in running direction (i.e.: fac-ing forward).

WARNING


Adjusting the armrest

Use the small wheel A-fig. 59.

fig. 61

F0D

0229

m

fig. 60F0

D02

30m

fig. 59

F0D

0278

m

COMBI VERSIONS

Tilting the bench seat (last row)

To tilt the last row bench seat, re-move the four seat belt buckles A-fig.60 from the seat, lift the two levers Band tilt the whole bench seat forwardC-fig. 62.

To refit the bench seat, pull it back-wards and anchor it to the properlocking devices. Check that the twolevers B are set in horizontal positionand that the bench seat is anchoredproperly, then refit the four seat beltbuckles back in the proper seat hous-ings.

Lift lever A-fig. 62 upwards to tiltthe seat back partly forward (fig. 63).Then remove the head restraints,

take tongue B-fig. 64 (behind the seatback), pull the backrest slightly back-wards and tilt it completely pushing itforwards.

fig. 63

F0D

0282

mfig. 64

F0D

0283

m


fig. 62

F0D

0281

m

Tilting the bench seat (versionswith new coupling system,where provided) (third row)

WARNING When travelling makesure the bench seat back is properlysecured.

fig. 65

F0D

0292

m

Never seat in the 3rd rowwith the 2nd row bench

seat tilted (see fig. 67). Never placeobjects on the 2nd row bench seatbackrest tilted since in case of col-lision or sharp braking they could beprojected against passengers andcause serious injuries. For further in-formation see the instructions spec-ified on the label set under thebench backrest (fig. 65).

WARNING


Wrapping the bench seat

If after tilting, bench seat wrappingis required, pull the two levers A-fig. 66 set under the backrest (asspecified on the plate) and tilt forwardthe entire bench seat row (fig. 67).

fig. 66

F0D

0284

m

fig. 67

F0D

0285

m

Removing the bench seat

IMPORTANT The bench seat(weighing 75 kg) shall be removed bytwo people at least.

To remove the bench seat, lift andthen pull the two levers A-fig.68 (asspecified on the label). Make sure bothlevers B-fig.69 are in “released” po-sition (as specified on the label) (pin Cvisible).

The bench seat is properly releasedwhen the red mark on label (A) on themobile part of the bench seat (fig. 70)is aligned with the green mark (B) onthe fixed part of the bench seat.

fig. 68F0

D02

86m

fig. 69

F0D

0293

m

fig. 70

F0D

0296

m


To lower it back to its original posi-tion: press the release button A-fig. 71a and lower the head restraintuntil refitting it into its seat on thebackrest.

Removal

To remove the rear seat head re-straints:

1) raise the head restraint to the firstclick

2) press button A-fig. 71a and thenremove it.

Remember that the headrestraints should be adjust-

ed to support the back of your headand not your neck. Only if they arein this position will they be able toprovide effective protection.

WARNINGHEAD RESTRAINTS

Front head restraints are adjustablein height.

To adjust:

– press button A-fig. 71a and movethe head restraint up or down to therequired position;

– then, release the button and moveagain the head restraint up or down tocheck whether they are properlylocked in the required position.

fig. 71

F0D

0287

m

fig. 71aF0

D01

84m

When refitting the bench seat, makesure it is firmly locked by pressing ped-al A-fig. 71 (as specified on the label).Label green mark (A) on the mobilepart of the bench seat shall be alignedwith the green mark (B) on the fixedpart of the bench seat, as shown in fig.70.


HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE STEERING WHEEL

The steering wheel of every versioncan be adjusted vertically:

1) Move lever A-fig. 71b to position1.

2) Adjust the steering wheel.

3) Take the lever back to position 2to lock the steering wheel.

fig. 71b

F0D

0040

mOnly make adjustmentswhen the vehicle is sta-

tionary.

WARNING

DRIVING MIRROR

This mirror can be adjusted by meansof lever A-fig. 72.

1 - normal position.

2 - anti-dazzle position.

This mirror is also fitted with a safetydevice that releases the mirror in theevent of an impact.

fig. 72

F0D

0168

m

It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out whatever after-

market operation involving steeringsystem or steering column modifi-cations (e.g.: installation of anti-theft Device) that could badly af-fect performance and safety, causethe lapse of warranty and also re-sult in non-compliance of the carwith homologation requirements.

WARNING


fig. 73

F0D

0048

m

fig. 74

F0D

0041

m

If the mirror makes itdifficult to get throughnarrow gaps, fold it from

position 1 to position 2.

Electrical adjustment

The mirrors can only be adjustedelectrically when the key is at MAR.To adjust the mirror, turn knob B-fig. 74 to one of the following four po-sitions: Í 1 left mirror, È 2 right mir-ror, Î 3 left wide-angle, Ï 4 rightwide-angle

Once the knob has been positioned,move it in the direction indicated bythe arrows to adjust the reflecting sur-face of the selected mirror.

The reflecting surface ofthe lower part of the mirror

is parabolic to increase the range.Consequently, the dimension of thereflected image is reduced, givingthe impression that the object ismore distant than it is in fact.

WARNING

DOOR MIRRORSManual adjustmentAdjust each of the two mirrors

A-fig. 73.

IMPORTANT Radio aerial (or ra-dio aerial + cellular telephone + GPS)is built into the passenger’s door mir-ror.


HEATING AND VENTILATION

A - Windscreen defroster/demister - B - Front side window defroster/demister - C - Directional side vent - D - Directionalcentral vent - E - Vent under dashboard to convey air to the front footwell.

fig. 75

F0D0185m


DIRECTIONAL AND ADJUSTABLE AIR VENTS fig. 76 and fig. 77

A - Control for adjusting air flow:

turned to ¥ = vent open

turned to ç = vent closed

B - control for directing air flow.

C - fixed side window vent.

The vents can be rotated upwards ordownwards.

CONTROLS fig. 78

A - Fan knob.

B - Air temperature knob (mixinghot and cold air).

C - Air distribution knob.

D - Air recirculation slider to cut offoutside air.

Only one heater is fitted on all ver-sions.

It is however possible to have an op-tional heater to be set under the dri-ver’s seat. Press button A-fig. 79 to switch the

heater on.Press the button again to switch it

off.

fig. 76

F0D

0058

m

fig. 77F0

D00

59m

fig. 79

F0D

0016

7m

fig. 78

F0D

0033

m


Certain versions can be fitted, in ad-dition to the climate control system,with an optional heater to be set un-der the last seat row and controlledby button B-fig. 80. Button A con-trols the climate control system.

HEATING

Control settings for quick heating.

1) Air temperature knob: pointer inthe red sector.2) Fan knob: pointer at the required

speed.3) Air distribution knob pointer at:

Z when the outside temperature islow or when an increased air flow fordemisting is required

O for normal heating

M for heating the feet and keepingthe face cool (“bi-level” function)

N for warming the feet of the frontpassengers

≤ when the outside temperature iscold to demist the windows

DEMISTING AND/ORDEFROSTING THE WINDSCREEN ANDTHE FRONT SIDE WINDOWSControl settings for quick demisting.

1) Air temperature knob: pointer inthe red sector.

2) Fan knob: pointer at top speed

3) Air distribution knob: pointer at-.

After demisting, adjust the controlsto keep the windows as clear as pos-sible.

IMPORTANT If the vehicle has aclimate control system, you are rec-ommended to adjust the controls asdescribed above and press button √to speed up the demisting process.

fig. 80

F0D

0166

m


DEMISTING AND/ORDEFROSTING THE REARWINDOWS

Press button (.

You are advised to switch the buttonoff as soon as the rear windows areclear.

VENTILATION

Control settings to obtain the re-quired ventilation.

1) Centre and side vents: complete-ly open.

2) Air temperature knob: pointer inthe blue sector.

3) Air recirculation slider: pointer atÚ.

4) Fan knob: pointer at the requiredspeed.

5) Air distribution knob: pointer atO.

AIR RECIRCULATION

With the slider at Ò the internalair is recirculated.

IMPORTANT This function is par-ticularly useful when the outside airis heavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tun-nel, etc.). You are advised against us-ing this function for long periods, how-ever, especially if there are a lot of pas-sengers in the vehicle as it could leadto the windows misting up.


CLIMATE CONTROLSYSTEM

CONTROLS fig. 81

A - Fan knob.

B - Air temperature knob (mixinghot and cold air).

C - Air distribution knob.

D - Air recirculation slider to cut offoutside air.

IMPORTANT This function speedsup the air cooling in summer. It is par-ticularly useful when the outside airis heavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tun-nel, etc.). You are advised against us-ing this function for long periods, how-ever, especially if there are a lot of pas-sengers in the vehicle.

E - Climate control system on/offbutton.

The Panorama and Combi versionsare equipped with a climate controlsystem consisting of a main system anda supplementary system (optional) fig.82 set on the left-hand wall near thefirst row seats.

fig. 81

F0D

0205

m

fig. 82F0

D00

74m


Turn knob fig. 83 under the roof toturn the supplementary climate controlsystem on. It will only work when themain system is running.

Air flow is distributed to the backthrough the directional vents set underthe roof by lever A-fig. 84.

Like for Panorama and Combi, also theVan versions can be equipped with anoptional climate control system to be setin the load compartment and to beswitched on using the relevant consolecontrols.

AIR CONDITIONING(COOLING)

Control settings for quick cooling:

1) air temperature knob: pointer atthe blue sector2) climate control system: press but-

ton √3) air recirculation slider: at Ò4) air distribution knob: pointer at O5) fan knob: pointer at the required

speed.

To reduce the cooling effect: posi-tion the slider at Ú, to increase thetemperature and decrease the fanspeed.

Do not switch the climate controlsystem on for heating and ventilation.Use the ordinary heating and ventila-tion system (see previous section).

IMPORTANT The climate controlsystem is very useful for clearing thewindows rapidly because it dries theair. Simply set the controls for demist-ing and turn the climate control sys-tem on with button √.

ADDITIONAL HEATER

Certain versions feature, under thedriver’s seat, an additional heater us-ing the same heating system controls.

fig. 83

F0D

0049

m

fig. 84F0

D00

75m


SELF-STANDING SUPPLEMENTARYHEATER (where provided)

The vehicle can be equipped, upon re-quest, with two different self-standingheaters: one is totally automaticwhereas the other is programmable.

AUTOMATIC VERSION

The supplementary heater is totally in-dependent from the engine.

This heater is switched on automat-ically (if required) when turning the ig-nition key to MAR.

LOOKING AFTER THESYSTEM

During the winter, the climate con-trol system must be turned on at leastonce a month for about ten minutes.

Before summer, have the systemchecked at a Fiat Dealership.

PROGRAMMABLE VERSION

The supplementary heater is totallyindependent from the engine and canbe used to:

– heat the passenger compartmentwhen the engine is off;

– defrost the windows;

– heat the engine coolant and con-sequently the engine before starting.

The system consists of:

– a diesel burner to heat coolant withexhaust fume muffler;

– a metering pump connected to thevehicle fuel pipes to feed the burner;

– a heat exchanger connected to theengine cooling system pipes;

The system is filled withR134a refrigerant whichwill not pollute the envi-

ronment in the event of leakage.Under no circumstances shouldR12 fluid be used as it is incom-patible with the system compo-nents and contains CFC.

The heater burns fuel in thesame way as the engine,

though, of course, to a lesser degreeand therefore to avoid intoxicationand suffocation, never use the sup-plementary heater in closed areas,garages or workshops not equippedwith specific exhaust evacuationdevices even for short periods oftime.

WARNING


– a control unit connected to theheater/ventilation unit for automaticoperation;

– an electronic control unit to checkand adjusted the integrated heaterburner;

– a digital timer A-fig. 85 to start theheater manually or to program staringtime.

In cold weather, the supplementaryheater automatically warms and cir-culates constant temperature fluid inthe engine cooling system for the timerequired to ensure optimal engine ig-nition and cab temperature conditions.

The heater can be started automat-ically (programmed by means of thedigital timer) or manually by pressingthe “heat now” button on the timer.

When the heater is turned on (au-tomatically or manually), the electroniccontrol unit operates the fluid circu-lation pump and safely ignites the burn-er.

The electronic control unit also con-trols the circulation pump delivery inorder to reduce initial heating time.When the fluid reaches a temperatureof 30°C, the control unit operates thepassenger compartment ventilationfan.

When the fluid temperature reaches72°C, the electronic control unit re-duces the burner power and stops op-eration when it reaches 76.5°C. Thetimer, circulation pump and heater fanare kept running. When the fluid tem-perature drops under 71°C the con-trol unit automatically turns the burn-er back on.

fig. 85

F0D

0165

m


IMPORTANT The heater isequipped with a thermal switch whichcuts off the heater in the event ofoverheating caused by low or leakingcoolant. In this case, press the pro-gram selection button to start theheater again after repairing the cool-ing system fault and/or topping up thefluid.

The heater can turn itself off after en-gine ignition or if the flame goes out.In this case, turn the heater off man-ually and attempt to turn it back onagain. If you cannot turn the heater on,contact a Fiat Dealership.

Turning the heater on

Before turning the heater on checkthat:

– the heating/ventilation unit knob isturned to “warm air”;

– the heating/ventilation fan speedknob is at position “2”.

Digital timer fig. 86

1) Heater cycle warning light

2) Display light

3) Clock pre-set recall number

4) Clock button

5) Hour forward button

6) Program selection button

7) Hour back button

8) Heat now button

9) Display/adjust time warning light

fig. 86

F0D

0133

m


fig. 87

F0D

0132

m

fig. 88F0

D01

34m

fig. 89

F0D

0136

m

“Heat now” function fig. 87

To turn the heater on manually,press timer button 8. The display andwarning light 1 will stay on while theheater is in use.

Programming the heater

Before programming the heater, setthe clock.

Setting the clock

– Press button 4: display and warn-ing light 9-fig. 88 will light up.

– Within 10 seconds, press button 5or 7 to select the correct time.

Keeping button 5 or 7 pressed willfast forward or backward the clock.

Reading the clock fig. 88

To read the clock, press button 4:current time will be displayed for ap-proximately 10 seconds. Warning light9 will come on.

Programmed heating fig. 89

Heater ignition can be delayed from1 minute to 24 hours. Three differenttimes can be programmed but onlyone will be used.

To program starting time:

– press button 6: either symbol 10or the previously programmed timeand number 3 (corresponding to thepreset function recalled) will light upfor 10 seconds;


IMPORTANT To recall other pre-set times, press button 6 within 10seconds.

– press button 5 or 7 to select thestarting time required within 10 sec-onds.

IMPORTANT Starting time disap-pears and the number 3 (correspond-ing to the selected preset time) ap-pears on the display to confirm thestarting time has been entered.

Deleting a programmed starting time fig. 89

To delete the programmed startingtime, press button 6 briefly: the dis-play light will go off and number 3 cor-responding to the selected presettime will disappear.

Recalling a pre-set time fig. 90

Press the button 6 repeatedly untilthe required preset starting time ap-pears on the display (number 3). After10 seconds, the time will disappear,number 3 and the display will light upthus confirming starting time has beenentered.

IMPORTANT To change or deletepre-set times, follow the instructionsin the paragraphs above.

Turning the heater off

According to the operation mode(automatic or manual), the heater canbe turned off:

– automatically, after the presetperiod of time (60 minutes when thedisplay light is red);

– manually by pressing the “heatnow” button on the timer.

In each case, the heater warning light,the display and the passenger com-partment fan will be turned off and theheater flame will be blown out.

The coolant circulation pump willrun for approximately two minutes af-ter the heater has been turned off todispose of as much heat as possible.During this phase the heater can, how-ever, be turned on.

fig. 90F0

D01

35m


– Always remember to turn theheater off when refuelling or standingin service stations to avoid fires andexplosions.

– Do not park the vehicle over in-flammable material such as paper, drygrass or leaves: fire risk!

– The temperature near the heatermust never exceed 120°C (e.g. duringpainting operations in a workshopoven). Higher temperatures coulddamage the electronic control unitcomponents.

– When the engine is off, the heaterruns off the battery: it is consequentlyimportant to run the engine for a cer-tain period of time in order to restorethe battery charge.

– Follow the prescriptions in “Vehi-cle maintenance” section at paragraph“Engine coolant level” to check thecoolant level. The coolant in the cir-cuit must contain at least 10% an-tifreeze fluid.

– Maintenance and repairs must al-ways be carried out by a Fiat Deal-ership and only genuine spare partsmust be used.

MAINTENANCE

Have the heater checked at a FiatDealership periodically (always be-fore winter). This will ensure safe andcheap running and long appliance life.

The heater burns fuel in thesame way as the engine,

though, of course, to a lesser degreeand therefore to avoid intoxicationand suffocation, never use the sup-plementary heater in closed areas,garages or workshops not equippedwith specific exhaust evacuationdevices even for short periods oftime.

WARNING


STEERING COLUMNSTALKS

LEFT-HAND STALK

The left-hand stalk operates most ofthe external lights.

The external lights can only beswitched on when the ignition key isat MAR. The instrument panel andthe heating/ventilation (or climate con-trol system) controls and the cigarlighter ring will come on with the ex-ternal lights.

Side/taillights fig. 91

Turn the ring from å to 6 to switchthe lights on. Instrument panel warn-ing light 3 will come on.

Dipped beam headlights fig. 92

Turn the ring from 6 to 2.

IMPORTANT The dipped beamheadlights will automatically beswitched off when the main beamheadlights are switched on if the frontfog lights are on.

Main beam headlights fig. 93

Push the stalk from position 2 to-wards the dashboard to switch theheadlights on.

Instrument panel warning light 1will come on.

Pull the stalk towards the steeringwheel to switch the lights off.

IMPORTANT The dipped beamheadlights will be automaticallyswitched off when the main beamheadlights are on and the front foglights are switched on.

fig. 91

F0D

0013

m

fig. 92F0

D00

14m

fig. 93

F0D

0015

m


Flashing the headlights fig. 94

Pull the stalk towards the steeringwheel (temporary position) to flashthe lights.

Direction indicators fig. 95

Move the stalk as follows:

upwards - to turn the right-hand in-dicators on

downwards - to turn the left-hand in-dicators on.

Instrument panel warning light REwill flash.

The direction indicators will auto-matically be switched off when the ve-hicle is straightened out.

If you wish to signal a lane changewhere only a slight movement of thesteering wheel is required, move thestalk up or down without pushing it farenough to make it click. The stalk willreturn to the neutral position as soonas it is released.

RIGHT-HAND STALK

Windscreen wiper/washerfig. 96

The device will only work when theignition key is at MAR.

Positions

0 - windscreen wiper off;

1 - flick wipe;

2 - slow continuous wipe;

3 - fast continuous wipe;

4 - temporary: when released thestalk returns to position 0 and auto-matically switches the windscreenwiper off.

fig. 94

F0D

0016

m

fig. 95F0

D00

17m

fig. 96

F0D

0018

m


REARVIEWCAMERAVehicles equipped with CONNECT

NAV+ can be fitted with an optionalrearview camera. This camera fig. 98,set on roof rear cross member dis-plays on the CONNECT NAV+ mon-itor the images of the rear part of thevehicle, thus supporting the driverduring parking or reverse manoeuvres.When the reverse gear is engaged, thecamera is automatically activated. Inthe same way, the camera is deacti-vated when disengaging the reversegear.

PARKING SENSORS

The parking system fig. 99 detectsand informs the driver about the pres-ence of obstacles in the rear part ofthe vehicle.

It is a valid support to identify fences,walls, posts, vases with plants and thelike or children playing behind the ve-hicle.

fig. 98F0

D01

73m

SMART WASH fig. 97

Pull the stalk towards the steeringwheel to send a jet of fluid to thewindscreen and operate the wiperwith a simple gesture. The windscreenwiper will be operated automaticallyby holding the washer stalk for longerthan half a second.

The windscreen wiper will flick threetimes after the lever is released.

Operate the control repeatedly andrapidly (for less than half a second) tospray the windscreen several timeswithout operating the windscreenwiper.

fig. 97

F0D

0020

m

fig. 99

F0D

0223

m


IMPORTANT The cruise controlcan be engaged only with speeds high-er than 40 km/h.

The device is automatically discon-nected in one of the following cases:

– pressing the brake pedal;

– pressing the clutch pedal;

– inadvertently moving the automat-ic gearbox selector to N.

A special horn warns any people nearthe vehicle that the driver is manoeu-vring it.

Through four sensors located in thebumper, the system detects the dis-tance between the vehicle and possi-ble obstacles; the driver is warned byan intermittent acoustic signal with in-creasing frequency, which is automat-ically activated when the reverse gearis engaged.

CRUISE CONTROL

GENERAL FEATURES

The cruise control, with electroniccontrol, allows driving the vehicle ata desired speed, without pressing theaccelerator pedal. This allows reduc-ing the driving fatigue on motorways,especially during long journeys, be-cause the memorised speed is auto-matically maintained.

Never set gear selector toN (vehicles fitted with au-

tomatic gearbox) when the vehicleis moving.

WARNINGThe Cruise Control must beactivated only when the

traffic and the path allow keeping,for a distance long enough, a con-stant speed in complete safety.

WARNING


CONTROLS fig. 100

The cruise control is controlled bya set of controls located on the steer-ing wheel.

1) ON device on 2) OFF device off3) RES to reset the memorised

speed4) + to store and to keep the vehicle

speed or to increase the speed memo-rised 5) – to lower the speed memorised.

IMPORTANT Pressing buttonOFF or turning the key to STOP,the memorised speed is cancelled andthe system disengaged.

IMPORTANT In the case of need(when overtaking for instance) accel-eration is possible simply pressing theaccelerator pedal; later, releasing theaccelerator pedal, the vehicle will re-turn to the speed memorised previ-ously.

To reset the memorised speed

If the device has been disengaged forexample pressing the brake or clutchpedal, the memorised speed can be re-set as follows:– accelerate gradually until reaching

a speed approaching the one memo-rised;– engage the gear selected at the

time of speed memorising (4th or 5th

speed);– press button RES.

To memorise the speed

Press button ON and take the ve-hicle to the required speed normally.

Press button + for at least three sec-onds, then release it. The vehiclespeed is memorised and it is thereforepossible to release the acceleratorpedal.

The vehicle will carry on its ride atthe constant memorised speed untilone of the following condition occurs:

– pressing the brake pedal;

– pressing the clutch pedal;

– inadvertently moving the automat-ic gearbox selector to N.

fig. 100F0

D01

60m


To increase the memorisedspeed

The speed memorised can be in-creased in two ways:1 - pressing the accelerator and then

memorising the new speed reached(pressing button + for more thanthree seconds);2 - pressing briefly button +: each

pressing will correspond to a slight in-crease in speed (about 2.5 km/h) whilepressing continuously will correspondto a continuous speed increase. Re-leasing the button the new speed willbe memorised automatically.

To reduce the memorisedspeed

The speed memorised can be re-duced in two ways:1 - disengaging the device (for in-

stance pressing the brake pedal) andthen memorising the new speed(pressing button + for more thanthree seconds);2 - pressing button – until reaching

the new speed which will be memo-rised automatically.

To set to zero the memorisedspeed

The memorised speed is automati-cally reset:

– turning the engine off;

– pressing button OFF.

Do not engage the device in town orin busy flowing traffic conditions.

When travelling with thecruise control on, do not

move the gearshift lever to neutraland to not move the automaticgearbox selector to N. We suggestto engage the cruise control onlywhen the traffic and road condi-tions allow doing it in completesafety and so: straight and dryroads, freeways or motorways,smooth flowing traffic and even as-phalt.

WARNING

The cruise control can be en-gaged only with speeds high-

er than 40 km/h. The device may on-ly be engaged in 4th or 5th gear, de-pending on the speed of the vehicle.On vehicles with electronic automat-ic gearbox it can only be engagedwith selector to D, in automatic modewithout then moving the selectormanually, or with 3rd or 4th gear in se-quential operation. Travelling down-hill with the device engaged, the ve-hicle speed may increase more thanthe memorised one, due to thechange in the engine load.

WARNING


CONTROLS

CENTRAL BUTTON PANEL fig. 103A - Heated rear window on/off

(where provided)When the heated rear window is

switched on, also the door mirror de-frosting function is activated. It is how-ever possible to activate the defrost-ing function without switching on theheated rear window: the control but-ton is the same.B - Front fog lights on/offC - Hazard lights on/off

CEILING LIGHT

The lights come on automaticallywhen a front door is opened.

Press button A-fig. 101 to switchboth lights on with the doors closedor open.

Press button C to light the right lamponly. Press button B to light the leftlamp only.

A second ceiling light can be foundover the rear door in the load com-partment. Press the short side of theplastic lens as shown in fig. 102 toswitch this light on.

fig. 101

F0D

0037

m

fig. 102F0

D00

38m

In the event of defectivedevice operation or unsuc-

cessful operation, press buttonOFF and contact the Fiat Dealer-ship after checking the protectionfuse well-being. Deactivate the de-vice when you are not using it toprevent accidental speed memori-sation.

WARNING

fig. 103

F0D

0032

m


fig. 104F0

D00

164m

fig. 105

F0D

105m

All direction indicators will flash andthe instrument panel warning lights rand y come on when the button ispressed regardless of the ignition keyposition.

FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCH

This a safety cut-off switch located inthe engine compartment on the dash-board bulkhead fig. 105 which comesinto operation in the case of an acci-dent to block the supply of fuel there-by stopping the engine.

D - Rear fog lights on/off.

E - ASR system (Antislip Regulation)on/off.

LEFT-HAND BUTTONPANEL

Button panel in fig. 104 is used onMinibus, Ambulance and 4WD ver-sions for adding special optional equip-ment.

The use of hazard lights isgoverned by the Highway

Code of the country you are in.Keep to the rules.

WARNING

If, after an accident, youcan smell petrol or see that

the fuel feed system is leaking, toavoid the risk of fire, do not resetthe switch.

WARNING


Inspect the vehicle carefully to makesure there is no fuel leak in the en-gine compartment, under the vehicleor near the fuel tank.

If you cannot see any fuel leaks andthe vehicle is in a fit state to continueits journey, press button A-fig. 105to reactivate the fuel supply system, asillustrated.

Remember to turn the ignition keyto STOP to prevent running the bat-tery down.

INTERIOREQUIPMENT

GLOVE COMPARTMENT/ODDMENT TRAY

The right-hand side of the dashboardis fitted with oddment trays of differ-ent size fig. 108 designed to containdocuments, papers or small objects.

According to versions, the glovecompartment lid can be fitted with alock openable with the vehicle key.

fig. 108

F0D

0062

m

fig. 106

F0D

0652

m

fig. 107F0

D06

53m

BATTERY CUT OUT

Vehicle is equipped with a battery cutout, fitted into the control unit (CBA)located over the battery positive pole,operating in concurrence with inertialswitch intervention and providing tocut out starter motor power supply.

If the vehicle can restart after the ac-cident, the battery cut out button, yel-low colour, must be on to allow start-ing.

To connect battery cut out again,with ignition key off, remove cover B-fig. 106 and push the yellow buttonC-fig. 107 on the positive pole of thebattery.


The central dashboard is fitted withbottle holder fig. 109.

In versions with three seats in the cab,a grid container for small objects or pa-pers can be found under the passen-ger’s bench seat fig. 110.

Pockets and an additional bottleholder can be found on the door pan-els.

WRITING/READING DESK

In the middle of the dashboard,above the sound system compart-ment, is fitted a mobile writing deskA-fig. 111 that can be used as a read-ing desk by lifting the rear part andthen resting the proper support onthe dashboard B.

fig. 109

F0D

0054

m

fig. 110

F0D

0079

m

fig. 111F0

D00

55m

IMPORTANT Never use the writ-ing desk in vertical position when trav-elling.

In the cab, with double passengerseat it is possible to have a specialdesk.

It is contained in the upper part ofthe central seat backrest; to tilt itmove band A - fig. 112 and pull thebackrest forwards.

Clip B is to be used to hold sheets/papers.

fig. 112

F0D

0225

m


When tilted, the box cover becomesa writing/reading desk with a clip tohold sheets/papers, similar to thatshown in fig. 112.

Refrigerator version (food box)

In the refrigerator version, the boxhas an internal space of about 12 litrescapacity that can contain 2 one and ahalf litre bottles. In this version thebox is insulated and it is fitted with anelectric device to warm up or cool thebox interior as required.This box can be used as food con-

tainer. Food shall be suitably packedto avoid direct contact with the innerwalls of the box.When used for cooling, a tempera-

ture difference of approx. 18 °C canbe achieved between the temperatureinside the box and that of the passen-ger compartment after a certain timeof operation (with insulated cover andplug closed). The lowest possible tem-perature that can be reached in anycase is not lower than 8 -10 °C.

To prevent the risk of running the bat-tery down, the system is connected viathe ignition key; as a result the box willonly work when the engine is running.You should remove perishables from

the box if you leave the vehicle parkedfor longer than two hours.For proper operation it is necessary

that ventilation grids (outside the boxand on one of the inside walls) shouldnot be clogged.Turn the switch to:1 = to warm (red led on);2 = to cool (green led on).

fig. 113

F0D

0249

m

OBJECT HOLDER/FOOD BOX

A special (optional) box can be foundin the cab between the driver’s seatand the passenger’s single seat, avail-able in two models: object box orfood box fig. 113.

Object holder version

In the object holder version, the boxhas an internal space of about 12 litrescapacity suitable to contain a mediumsize portable PC. On the outside it hasa document holder pocket, a bottleholder (for one and a half litre plasticbottles) and a can or glass holder slot.


IMPORTANT With the engine offand the ignition key at MAR, pro-longed use (e.g.: for more than anhour) of accessories with high currentintake could deploy the battery, evenpreventing the engine from starting.

CURRENT SOCKET

The vehicle is fitted with currentsocket A-fig. 114 on the dashboard(beside the central oddment tray) andcurrent socket B (only on vans) onrear door right post.

Panorama versions have the currentsocket located near the door post op-posite to the side sliding door (C-fig. 115).

Current sockets are both poweredwhen the ignition key is at MAR.

fig. 116

F0D

0248

m

Do not use the socketsfor accessories with pow-er over the max. specified

one.

fig. 114

F0D

0036

m

Correct functioning is only ensuredif the accessories are fitted with a ho-mologated plug, as installed on all Lin-eaccessori Fiat components.

SPECIAL VEHICLE SETUPSOCKET

Under the foot board there is a spe-cial connector (fig. 116) that can beused by those companies that modifyvehicles to connect an additional bat-tery for specific equipment such as am-bulances, mobile offices, etc.

Do not use current sockets for ac-cessories with power over 180 W(max. intake 15 A).

fig. 115F0

D02

80m


ASHTRAY AND CIGARLIGHTER

Use:

1 - to use the cigar lighter press but-ton A-fig. 117 after approximately 15seconds it will return automatically toits initial position and it is ready for use.

2 - to open the ashtray, pull the cov-er B in arrow direction.

To remove the ashtray, pull B up-wards as shown in fig. 118.

In Panorama versions, passenger ash-trays are located in side upholstery.

IMPORTANT Always check thatthe cigar lighter has turned off.

Do not use the ashtray as awaste paper basket: con-

tact with lit cigarettes could causea fire.

WARNING

The cigar lighter gets veryhot. Be careful how you

handle it and make sure it is notused by children: danger of fire orburns.

WARNING

fig. 117

F0D

0035

m

fig. 118F0

D00

34m Never use the cigar

lighter as current socketsince it could be dam-

aged! For this kind of use (in-cluding mobile phones recharge)only use the current sockets (A,B, or C) shown on previous page.


SUN VISORS fig. 119

These are positioned to the sides ofthe rearview mirror. They can onlyswing up or down.

The driver and passenger’s sun visorsare both equipped with a documentpocket on the back and also the in-structions for demisting the front win-dows.

fig. 119

F0D

0056

m

CENTRE SIDE REARWINDOWS(Panorama and Combi versions)

The centre side windows can slidehorizontally.

To open the windows, operate thetab as shown in figure fig. 120.

fig. 120F0

D00

87m

MULTIMETER

See the booklet provided by the mul-timeter Manufacturer for more de-tailed information on operation anduse.

Multimeter is compulsory on vehicleswith weight exceeding 3.5 tons (withor without trailer).

IMPORTANT Changes to the in-strument or to the signal transmissionsystem which effects the instrumentrecordings, especially for fraudulentpurposes, may be a criminal offence.

IMPORTANT For all versions fit-ted with tachograph (excluding theMinibus version), it is suggested to re-move the 10 A red fuse marked withF34 (CFO control unit on dashboardright side) in case of prolonged vehi-cle stop (over 10 days).


IMPORTANT NOTES

Do not use abrasive detergents orsolvents to clean the device. To cleanits external surface, use a wet cloth orspecial products for cleaning synthet-ic materials.

The multimeter is installed andsealed with lead by authorised per-sonnel: access to the device and rele-vant power and recording cables isforbidden.

The vehicle owner is responsible forgoverning the instrument use. The in-spection must be carried out at leastevery two years and will include a testto confirm correct operation.

After the inspection, check that theplate is updated with specified data.

DRIVER’S CAB DOORS

Opening by hand from the outside

Turn the key to position 2-fig. 121and pull the door handle in thedirection of the arrow.

DOORS

Make sure it is safe to opena door before doing so.

WARNING

Locking by hand from theoutside

Turn the key to position 1-fig. 121.

Opening by hand from the inside

Lift sill button A-fig. 122 and pull thedoor handle B.

Locking the door by hand from the inside

Close the door and press sill buttonA.

fig. 121F0

D00

82m

fig. 122

F0D

0083

m


SIDE SLIDING DOOR

When leaving the vehicleparked with the sliding

doors open, always check that thedoor hooks are properly fastenedinto the retaining device.

WARNING

fig. 123

F0D

0084

mDo not move the vehiclewith side doors open.

WARNING

The sliding door opens in the sameway as the driver’s cab door.

The side sliding door is equippedwith a lock that stops it at the end ofits opening run. Push the outer handleA-fig. 123 (or the corresponding in-ner one) to arrow direction.

In any case, always make sure thatthe door is correctly fastened in thedoor open catch.

fig. 124F0

D06

58m

MOBILE FOOT BOARD fig. 124 (where provided)

When opening cab or load com-partment side door, a foot board willcome out under the vehicle floor tomake easier to get into the vehicle.

Always make sure the footboard is fully retracted be-

fore moving off. Since the footboard is interlocked with the sidesliding door, if the foot board is notfully retracted or rear doors are notperfectly closed will cause instru-ment panel warning light ´ com-ing on.

WARNING


REAR DOUBLE DOORS

Opening the first door by handfrom the outside (2-fig. 125)

Turn the key to position 2-fig. 121and pull the door handle in the direc-tion of the arrow.

Locking the first door by handfrom the outside (2-fig. 125)

Turn the key to position 1-fig. 121.

fig. 125

F0D

0178

m

Opening the first door by handfrom the inside (2-fig. 125)

Lift sill button A-fig. 126 and pull thedoor handle B.

Opening the second door by hand (1-fig. 125)

Pull handle C-fig 127 in the direc-tion shown (position 2).

Closing the first door by handfrom the inside (2-fig. 125)

Close the door and press button A-fig. 126.

Closing the second door by hand (1-fig. 125)

Close the door and press handle C-fig. 111 inwards (position 127).

The double rear doors are fitted witha catch which stops the opening at anangle of approximately 90°.

IMPORTANT For proper use ofthe 2 rear swing-doors always makesure that swing-door 1 (fig. 125) is se-cured before closing swing-door 2.

fig. 127

F0D

0179

m

fig. 126F0

D01

62m


It is possible to increase the open-ing angle of the two doors to facilitateloading and unloading operations. Re-lease the catches A-fig. 128. This willallow opening the doors by approxi-mately 180°.

When open to 180° thedoors are not blocked. Do

not use this system when the vehi-cle is parked on a slope or when itis windy.

WARNING

The catch system is de-signed to ensure the best

comfort in use. An accidental knockor gust of wind could release thedoors and make them close.

WARNING REAR DOUBLE DOORTOTAL OPENING TO 270°

Open and close the door as de-scribed previously.

Opening the door completely:

– release the 90° catch A-fig. 128

– Open the door fully against thesides; two magnetic pads B-fig. 129will hold the door open.

Closing the door:

– pull the door outwards, releasingit from the two magnetic pads

– Refit the catch and close the door.

Keep the contact sur-faces of the magnets onthe door and on the side

clean to keep the magnetic padsefficient.

fig. 129

F0D

0245

m

fig. 128F0

D00

81m

Do not move the vehiclewith the rear doors open.

WARNING


CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING

IMPORTANT Central door lockingis active on all doors if front doors (cabdoors) are used for opening/closing.

When operating one of the rear orside door lock, only that door will belocked/unlocked.

From the outside

When the doors are closed, insertand turn the key in the lock of one ofthe driver’s cab doors.

From the inside

When the doors are closed, press(to lock) or lift (to unlock) one of thedriver’s cab door safety sill buttons.

IMPORTANT If one of the cabdoors is not shut properly or there isa failure in the system, the centrallocking feature will not work and, af-ter some attempts, the device will stopworking for about 2 minutes. In thesetwo minutes, the doors can be lockedor unlocked manually without theelectrical system coming into play.

After the two minutes, the controlunit is ready to receive commandsonce more. If the reason for the mal-functioning has been removed, the de-vice will start to work properly again.If not, it will cut once more.

FRONT DOOR WINDOWREGULATORS

Manual control

Use the window winder A-fig 130 toopen or close the door window.

Electric control

There are two buttons fig. 131 tocontrol the front door electrical win-dows located in the inside handle ofthe driver’s door. They work whenthe key is turned to MAR:

A - to open/close left window

B - to open/close right window.

The door handle on the passengerside has a button C-fig. 132 to con-trol that particular window.

fig. 130F0

D01

870m

fig. 131

F0D

0120

m

fig. 132

F0D

0121

m


Improper use of the electri-cal windows can be danger-

ous. Before and during their oper-ation ensure that any passengers inthe vehicle are not at risk from themoving glass either by personal ob-jects getting caught in the mecha-nism or by being injured by it di-rectly.

WARNING

Always remove the ignitionkey when you get out of the

vehicle to prevent the electric win-dows being operated accidentallyand constituting a danger to thepeople left in the vehicle

WARNING

BONNET

OPENING

Proceed as follows:

– Pull the lever on the left-hand sideof the steering column A-fig. 133.

– Lift the bonnet from the front byraising lever B-fig. 134.

– Release the support rod from itsclip C-fig. 135 and insert it in recessD in the bonnet.

fig. 133F0

D00

53m

fig. 134

F0D

0180

m

The bonnet might fall vio-lently if the support rod is

not positioned properly.

WARNING

Perform this operation on-ly when the vehicle is sta-

tionary.

WARNING


Be very cautious operatingthe engine compartment

when the engine is hot - danger ofburns! Wait until the engine cools.

WARNING

Scarves, ties and otherloose articles of clothing

could easily get caught up in mov-ing parts. This can be extremelydangerous for the wearer.

WARNING CLOSING

Proceed as follows:

1) hold the bonnet up with one handand, with the other, remove rod fig.135 from recess D replace it in its clipC;

2) lower the bonnet at approx. 20cm from the engine compartment andthen let it drop, ensuring that it is ful-ly closed and not just held in positionby the safety catch. If the bonnet doesnot close properly do not push itdown but open it again and repeat theabove procedure.

For safety reasons the bon-net shall always be perfect-

ly closed when travelling. Alwayscheck for proper bonnet locking. Ifthe bonnet is left inadvertently open,stop the car immediately and closethe bonnet.

WARNING

fig. 135F0

D01

81m


HEADLIGHTSADJUSTING THE FRONTHEADLIGHT BEAM

The correct positioning of the head-light beams is very important for thecomfort and safety, not only of theperson driving the vehicle but also allother road users.

This is also covered by a specific law.

To ensure you and other drivershave the best visibility conditions whentravelling with the headlights on, theheadlights must be set properly.

fig. 136

F0D

0004

3m

Check the positioning ofthe headlight beams every

time you change the load to be car-ried.

WARNINGHave the headlight positioningchecked at a Fiat Dealership andadjusted if necessary.

When the vehicle is loaded, it“slopes” backwards. This means thatthe headlight beam rises. In this case,it is necessary to return it to the cor-rect position.

This is achieved by turning knob A-fig. 136 to the load condition illus-trated on the following page.


Version

Van (11- 15)

Camping Car (11 - 15)

Van and Camping car (MAXI)

Panorama and Combi (11)

Panorama and Combi (15)

Panorama 4WD (11) with max limit in load compartment of 550 kg.

Minibus - School Bus (MAXI) - Ambulances

Truck - Crew cab - Chassis cowl (11 and 15)

Truck - Crew cab - Chassis cowl (MAXI)

Position 0

driver only

driver only

driver only

1, 2 or 3 people on front seats

1, 2 or 3 people onfront seats

1, 2 or 3 people on front seats

all load conditions

driver only

driver only

Position 1

do not use

do not use

do not use

all seats occupied

front seatsplus front seat row occupied

all seats occupied plus last seat row occupied

all seats occupied

front seats plus last seat row occupied

do not use

do not use

do not use

Position 2

do not use

full load

full load

all seats occupiedplus max load on rear axle

do not use

do not use

do not use

full load

full load

Position 3

full load

do not use

do not use

driverplus max load on rear axle

all seats occupied plus max load on rear axle driver + max load on rear axle

all seats occupiedplus max load on rear axledriver + max load on rear axle

do not use

do not use

do not use

IMPORTANT Do not use positions identified in the table with “do not use” for vans, trucks and crew cabs.

IMPORTANT Contact Fiat Dealership for checking and adjusting front fog lights.


If you have never driven a vehiclewith ABS before, you should practiceusing the system on slippery terrain,obviously with the necessary safetyprecautions and keeping to the High-way Code of the country you are in.It is also a good idea to read the fol-lowing information carefully.

The advantage in using the ABS sys-tem is that it continues to give youmaximum manoeuvrability even whenbraking hard in conditions of poor gripby preventing the wheels locking.

You should, however, not expect thebraking distance to always decrease:for example surfaces with gravel orfresh snow on a slippery road will infact increase the braking distance.

To exploit the ABS system to the fullin the event of necessity, you shouldtake heed of the following advice:

ABS

The vehicle is fitted with an ABSbraking system (optional), which pre-vents the wheels from locking whenbraking, makes the most of road gripand gives the best control when emer-gency braking under difficult road con-ditions.

The driver can tell the ABS systemhas come into play when he feels thebrake pedal pulsating slightly and thesystem gets noiser.

This should not be interpreted as afault in the brakes; on the contrary itis a sign that the ABS system is work-ing: it tells the driver that the vehicleis travelling at the limit of its road gripand that he should alter his speed tofit the type of road surface.

The ABS system is an addition to thebasic braking system. If there is a mal-function, the system turns off auto-matically and only the ordinary brakescontinue to work.

If a failure occurs, and consequentlythe anti-lock function is not effective,the braking system will continue towork as usual.

If the ABS system cuts in itis a sign that the grip be-

tween the tyre and the road surfacehas reached the limit: you mustslow down to match the speed tothe road grip available.

WARNING

If there is a fault, the warn-ing light > will light up on

the dashboard. At this point, reducespeed and go to a Fiat Dealershipto have your vehicle checked andput right immediately.

WARNING

The ABS exploits the tyre-road grip available to the

full, but it cannot improve it; youshould therefore take every carewhen driving on slippery surfaces,and not take unnecessary risks.

WARNING


Warning light > alone,with the engine running,

normally indicates a fault in theABS system only. In this case, thebraking system is still efficient,though without the anti-locking de-vice. Under these conditions, per-formance of the EBD system maybe reduced. In this case too, you areadvised to go immediately to thenearest Fiat Dealership, driving insuch a way to avoid sharp brakingto have the system checked over.

WARNING

If the x brake fluid lowwarning light comes on,

stop the vehicle immediately andcontact the nearest Fiat Dealership.Fluid leaks from the hydraulic sys-tem, in fact, can compromise brakesystem operation, both traditionalsystems and systems with ABS.

WARNING

Braking while cornering always re-quires extreme care even when usingABS.

The most important advice to followis this:

If you follow these tips you will beable to brake better in any situation.

IMPORTANT Vehicles fitted withABS shall only be fitted with wheel rims,tyres and brake pads of the make andmodel approved by the vehicle manu-facturer.

The system is completed with an elec-tronic brakeforce distributor calledEBD which improves braking systemperformance by means of the ABS sys-tem control unit and sensors.

When the ABS cuts in, andyou feel the brake pedal

pulsating, do not remove your foot,but keep it pressed. In doing so youwill stop in the shortest amount ofspace possible under the currentroad conditions.

WARNINGThe vehicle is fitted with anelectronic brakeforce dis-

tributor (EBD). The > and xwarning lights come on at the sametime when the engine is running toindicate that there is an EBD sys-tem failure. In this case violentbraking may be accompanied byearly rear wheel locking with thepossibility of skidding. Drive ex-tremely carefully to the nearest Fi-at Dealership to have the systemchecked.

WARNING


FRONT AND SIDEAIRBAGS

FRONT AIRBAGS

Description and operation

The front airbag (driver’s and passen-ger’s) is a safety device which comes in-to action in the event of a head-on col-lision.

It consists of a cushion that inflatesinstantaneously contained in a specialrecess:

– in the centre of the steering wheelfor the driver; fig. 137;

– in the dashboard and with a biggercushion for the passenger fig. 138.

The front airbag (driver and passen-ger) has been designed to protect theoccupants in the event of head-oncrashes of medium-high severity, byplacing the cushion between the oc-cupant and the steering wheel or dash-board.

In case of crash, an electronic con-trol unit processes the signals from de-celeration sensor and, when required,triggers the inflation of the cushion.

The bag inflates instantly and acts asa protective barrier between the frontseat passengers and the structures infront of them that could cause injury.The bags deflate immediately after-wards.

fig. 137

F0D

0131

m

fig. 138F0

D01

69m

In case of crash, a person not wear-ing the seat belt moves forward andmay come into contact with the cush-ion while it is still inflating. Under thiscircumstance the protection offeredby the airbag is reduced.The front airbag (driver and passen-

ger) is therefore not a replacement ofbut is complementary to the use ofbelts, which should always be worn, asspecified by law in Europe and mostnon-European countries.In the case of minor head-on colli-

sions, (for which the restraining actionof the seat belt is sufficient) the airbagis not triggered. In collisions against highly deformable

or mobile objects (such as road signs,heaps of gravel or snow, parked vehi-cles, etc.), in rear crashes (such asbumps from behind by another vehi-cle), side impacts, and in case of wedg-ing under other vehicles or protectivebarriers (for example under a truck orguard rail), the airbag is not triggeredas it offers no additional protectioncompared with the seat belts, conse-quently, it would be pointless.


Therefore, failure to come into ac-tion in the above circumstances doesnot mean that the system is not work-ing properly.Airbag system efficiency is constant-

ly monitored by an electronic controlunit.If warning light ¬ (A-fig. 139)

comes on when travelling (indicating afault), have immediately the systemchecked and repaired at a Fiat Deal-ership.

FRONT AIRBAG PASSENGER SIDE

The passenger’s front airbag has beendesigned and calibrated to improve theprotection of a person wearing seatbelts.

At its maximum inflation, its volumefills most of the space between thedashboard and the passenger.

fig. 139

F0D

0190

m

SERIOUS DANGER If it isabsolutely necessary to car-ry a child on the front pas-senger seat with the cradlechild’s seat facing back-

wards, the front passenger’s air bagmust be deactivated using the keyswitch. In this case it is absolutelynecessary to check the warninglight F (see paragraph “Passen-ger’s front air bag”) to make surethat deactivation has actually tak-en place.

WARNING



WARNING


SIDE BAGS fig. 142

The purpose of the side bag is toprotect the front seat passenger’schest in the event of a side impact ofmedium to high degree.

The device consists of a bag housedin the front seat backs which imme-diately inflates. This solution ensuresthat the bag is in an optimal positionregardless of the seat position.

In the event of a side impact, the con-trol unit processes the signals from adeceleration sensor and fires the sidebag.

The bag inflates instantly and acts asa soft protective barrier between thefront seat passenger’s chest and vehi-cle door. The bag deflates immediate-ly afterwards.

fig. 142

F0D

0042

m

fig. 140

F0D

0163

m

Manual deactivation

Should it be absolutely necessary tocarry a child on the front seat, the pas-senger’s airbag can be deactivated.

Deactivation/reactivation takes placewith ignition key at STOP and oper-ating it in the special key switch on theleft side of the tachograph.

IMPORTANT Operate the switchonly when the engine is not runningand the ignition key is removed.

The key-operated switch (A-fig. 140) has two positions:– front passenger’s airbag on (posi-

tion ON P): instrument panel warn-ing light off F; it is absolutely pro-hibited to carry a child on the frontseat.– front passenger’s airbag off (posi-

tion OFF F): instrument panelwarning light on F; it is possible tocarry a child protected by special re-straint system on the front seat.The instrument panel warning lightF (B-fig. 141) stays on permanent-ly until the passenger’s airbag is reac-tivated.Deactivation of the front passenger’s

airbag does not inhibit operation ofthe side airbag.

fig. 141F0

D02

27m


In the event of low speed side colli-sions (for which seat belts are suffi-cient protection), the airbag is not trig-gered. Also in this case, it is importantto wear seat belts at all times. This willensure correct positioning of the pas-senger and prevent being projectedfrom the vehicle in the event of veryviolent crashes.

The side bag (driver and passenger)is therefore not a replacement of butis complementary to the use of belts,which should always be worn, as spec-ified by law in Europe and most non-European countries.

GENERAL WARNINGS

The front and/or side airbagsmay be deployed if the vehicle issubject to heavy knocks or acci-dents involving the underbodyarea, such as for example violentshocks against steps, kerbs or lowobstacles, falling of the vehicle inbig holes or sags in the road.

Triggering of the airbags re-leases a small amount of powder.This powder is not harmful anddoes not indicate the start of fire.The unfold cushion surface andthe vehicle interiors could be cov-ered by dusty remains: this dustcould irritate skin and eyes. Incase of contact, wash yourself us-ing neutral soap and water.

The airbag system has a validityof 14 years as to the pyrotechniccharge and 10 years as to the coilcontact (see the plate set on theleft front door post near hinges).

As these dates approach, con-tact Fiat Dealership for replace-ment.

If an accident has triggered theairbag, contact a Fiat Dealershipso that the whole safety device,electronic control unit, belt, pre-tensioners can be replaced andhave the electric system checkedover.

All control, repair and replace-ment operations concerning theairbags must only be carried outat a Fiat Dealership.

If you are having the vehiclescrapped, have the airbag systemdeactivated at a Fiat Dealershipfirst.


If the vehicle changes owner-ship, the new owner must be in-formed of the method of use ofairbags and the above warningsand also be given this OwnerHandbook.

The triggering of pretensionersand front and side airbags is de-cided in a differentiated mannerby the electronic control unit, de-pending on the type of crash. Thefailure to deploy one or more ofthem does not mean that the sys-tem is not working properly.

If the ¬ warning light doesnot turn on when turning

the ignition key to MAR or if it stayson when travelling, this could indi-cate a failure in safety retaining sys-tems; under this condition air bagsor pretensioners could not triggerin the event of collision or, in a re-stricted number of cases, they couldtrigger accidentally. Stop the carand contact Fiat Dealership to havethe system checked immediately.

WARNING

If the vehicle has beenstolen or an attempt to

steal it has been made, if it hasbeen subjected to vandals or floods,have the airbag system checked byFiat Dealership.

WARNING

Do not apply stickers orother objects to the steer-

ing wheel or to the airbag consoleon the passenger’s side. Never trav-el with objects on your lap, in frontof your chest or with a pipe, pencil,etc. between your lips; injury mayresult in the event of the airbag be-ing triggered.

WARNING

Always keep your hands onthe steering wheel rim

when driving, so that if the airbagis triggered, it can inflate withoutmeeting any obstacles which couldcause serious harm to you. Do notdrive with the body bent forwards,keep the seat back rest in the erectposition and lean your back wellagainst it.

WARNING

When the passenger’s frontairbag is active (passenger

front airbag deactivation switch atON), the F warning light willcome on for approx. 4 seconds andflash for other four seconds whenthe ignition key is turned to MAR toremind the driver that the passen-ger’s front and side airbags (whereprovided) will be fired in the eventof a crash. The warning light shouldgo off immediately afterwards.

WARNING


The correct operation offront and side airbags and

pretensioners is only ensured if thevehicle is not overloaded.

WARNING EOBD SYSTEM (petrol versions only)

The EOBD (European On Board Di-agnosis) system fitted on the vehiclecomplies with Directive 98/69/CE(EURO 3).

This system continuously monitorsthe engine emission system compo-nents. Furthermore, the system warnsthe driver of deterioration concerningthe emission system components bymeans of the U warning light on theinstrument panel.

The objective is to:

– monitor system efficiency;

– warn when failures can increaseemissions over the threshold estab-lished by the European regulations;

– warn of the need to replace dete-riorated components.

Remember that with thekey engaged and in the

MAR position, even with the en-gine not running, the airbags maybe triggered on a stationary vehi-cle if it is bumped by another mov-ing vehicle. Therefore, never seatchildren on the front seat evenwhen the vehicle is stationary. Onthe other hand, remember thatwith the vehicle stationary, with-out the key engaged and turned,the airbags are not triggered in theevent of an impact; in these cases,failure to come into action of theairbags cannot be considered as asign that the system is not workingproperly.

WARNING

On vehicles equipped withside bags, do not cover the

backrest of the front seats withtrims or covers.

WARNING

The airbag does not substi-tute the seat belts, but on-

ly increases their effectiveness.Moreover, since the front airbagsdo not come into operation in theevent of front impact at low speed,side collisions, bumps from behindor overturning, in these circum-stances the occupants would onlybe protected by the seat belts whichmust therefore always be fastened.

WARNING

Do not wash the seat backin vehicles with side bags

with pressurised steam or water inautomatic seat washing station.

WARNING


The action of the ASR is particularlyhelpful in the following circumstances:

– slipping of the inner wheel due tothe effect of dynamic load changes orexcessive acceleration.

– too much power transmitted tothe wheels also in relation to the con-ditions of the road surface.

– acceleration on slippery, snowy orfrozen surfaces.

– in the case of loss of grip on a wetsurface (aquaplaning).

Furthermore, the system is equippedwith a connector for interfacing withspecific tools used to read the errorcodes stored in the control unit mem-ory along with a set of diagnostic andengine specific parameters.

ASR SYSTEM(Antislip Regulation)

The ASR system controls the vehicledrive and cuts in automatically everytime one or both driving wheels slip.

In slipping conditions, two differentcontrol systems are activated:

– if the slipping involves both the dri-ving wheels, the ASR function inter-venes reducing the power transmittedby the engine;

– if slipping involves only one drivingwheel, the ASR system cuts in auto-matically braking the wheel that is slip-ping.

IMPORTANT After eliminating theproblem, your Fiat Dealership willrun a bench test to fully check the sys-tem. In some cases, a long road testmay be required.

Contact a Fiat Dealer-ship as soon as possible ifthe U warning light ei-

ther does not come on when thekey is turned to MAR or comeson, with fixed or flashing light,when travelling. Warning light Uoperation can be checked bymeans of special equipment bytraffic agents. Always complywith the road traffic regulationsin force in the Country where youare travelling.

The performance of thesystem, in terms of active

safety should not induce the driverto take pointless and unnecessaryrisks. The style of driving must inany case always be adapted to theconditions of the road surface, vis-ibility and traffic. Road safety is al-ways the driver’s responsibility.

WARNING


SWITCHING THE ASRSYSTEM ON AND OFF

The ASR function switches on auto-matically each time the engine isstarted.

When travelling the device can beswitched off and on again pressingswitch A-fig. 143 on the centre con-sole.

Function deactivation is indicated bythe instrument panel warning light A-fig. 144 coming on. If the ASR func-tion is turned off when travelling, itwill be restored at the following start-up.

For correct operation of the ASRsystem the tyres must absolutely be ofthe same brand and type on allwheels, in perfect conditions and,above all, of the specified type, brandand size.

IMPORTANT When travelling onsnowy road with snow chains, it maybe helpful to turn the ASR device off:in fact, in these conditions, slipping ofthe driving wheels when moving offmakes it possible to obtain betterdrive.

fig. 143

F0D

0206

m

ASR system failure indicationIn the event of malfunctioning, the

ASR system is automatically discon-nected and the warning light V onthe instrument panel comes on withfixed light.

Press once button A-fig. 143 tocheck that the signalled information iscorrect:

– button pressed, the warning lightgoes off, no ASR system faults are de-tected;

– button pressed, the warning lightstays on, ASR system fault detected.In this case the vehicle will go o as avehicle not equipped with this system.Anyway, you are recommended to goto a Fiat Dealership as soon as pos-sible.

fig. 144F0

D02

51m


SOUND SYSTEM

Visit a Fiat Dealership ifyou want to fit a soundsystem after buying the

vehicle. They can advise you onhow to safeguard battery life. Ex-cessive idle intake can damagethe battery and may invalidatethe warranty.

LIGHT SET-UP


– radio power supply cables

– dashboard front speaker cables

– housing for the radio

– aerial and relevant wire

HEAVY SET-UP


– radio power supply cables

– dashboard front speaker cables

– dashboard speakers

– door speaker cables

– door speakers

– housing for the radio

– aerial and relevant wire.

fig. 145

F0D

0171

m

For the Panorama version, four ad-ditional speakers are provided, two onthe right and two on the left side, setone in the body side and the other onthe top of the pillar.

For the Combi version, two addi-tional rear speakers are provided, oneper body side.

The sound system should be installedin the compartment occupied by theobject tray which can be removed byreleasing the two retaining tabs A-fig. 145.

The power supply, speaker connec-tion and aerial cables can be found inthis compartment.


IMPORTANT The cables are se-cured to the heater cables bundle withadhesive tape to cut out noise.

For speakers, use the housings at theends of the dashboard fig. 146:A - left-hand speaker housingB - right-hand speaker housing.

To install: dismantle the press-fitteddashboard panel and insert the speak-er in its special recess.

To fit speakers in the doors, loosenscrews A-fig. 147 and remove theprotection grid. After securing thespeakers refit the protecting grid.

fig. 146

F0D

0061

m

SOUND SYSTEM (optional)The complete system consists of:– system set-up (see previous para-

graph)– sound system (radio with cassette

or CD player) with removable frontpanel (for features and operation, seethe attached “Sound system” supple-ment).

fig. 147F0

D00

60m

The wiring diagram is as follows (fig. 148):

Connector A

A1 Vehicle speedA2 BoosterA3 SpareA4 Key-controlled power (+15)A5 Aerial powerA6 LightA7 Power + (battery)A8 Ground

fig. 148

F0D

0672

m


The wiring connection diagram is:

1 Sound system MUTE function.

2 Spare.

3 Cellular phone INPUT groundsignal (–).

4 Cellular phone INPUT groundsignal (+).

5 Spare

6 Spare

7 Ignition switch power (+15).

8 Spare

9 Battery power (+).

10 Ground.

Max. aerial power is 20W.WARNINGConnector B

B1 Door speaker passenger’s side (+)

B2 Door speaker passenger’s side (-)

B3 Dashboard speaker right side (+)

B4 Dashboard speaker right side (-)

B5 Dashboard speaker left side (+)

B6 Dashboard speaker left side (-)

B7 Door speaker driver’s side (+)

B8 Door speaker driver’s side (-)

AERIAL Aerial is built into the passenger’s

door mirror.

CELLULAR PHONESET-UP

IMPORTANT The optional cellu-lar phone set-up is bound to “Heavyset-up” or “Radio” purchase.

The system set-up consists of:

– dual-purpose aerial (sound system+ cellular phone), built into the pas-senger’s door mirror;

– dual-purpose aerial connectionwires and ten-pin connector wiringfig. 149;

– front door speakers.

fig. 149F0

D01

06m

See the information givenin the “Accessory installa-

tion” section when making electri-cal connections so as not to dam-age the system.

WARNING


RADIOTRANSMITTERS ANDCELLULAR

TELEPHONES

Cellular telephones and other radiotransceiver equipment (e.g. HAM ra-dio system) must not be used insidethe vehicle unless a separate aerial ismounted on the outside of the vehicle.

IMPORTANT The use of cellulartelephones, HAM transmitters or oth-er similar devices inside the passengercompartment (without external aeri-al) produces RF electromagnetic fieldswhich, amplified by the resonance ef-fects inside the passenger compart-ment may cause vehicle electrical sys-tem to malfunction.

Moreover, the transmission and re-ceiving quality deteriorates due to thescreening effect of the vehicle body.

Have the cellular phone and the con-nections to the system installed by aFiat Dealership.

The hands-free tele-phone you purchase willneed to be compatible

with your cellular telephone.

Have the cellular tele-phone and the connec-tions to the system in-

stalled by a Fiat Dealership only.This will ensure the best resultsand prevent problems whichcould impair vehicle safety.

ROOF RACK/SKI RACK

Use the special pins fitted to the edgeof the roof panel to attach the all-pur-pose roof rack support bars fig. 150

Vehicles with long wheelbase haveeight pins and those with short ormedium wheelbase, six.

There are two different types of pinsfor fastening the roof rack in place:

A - pins for vans with normal andhigh roof

B - screw with housing for roof rackclosed with a threaded plug for vanswith extra high roof.

fig. 150

F0D

0088

m


DIESEL ENGINES

The vehicle must onlybe filled with diesel fuelfor motor vehicles, in

compliance with European Spec-ification EN590. The use of otherproducts or mixtures may ir-reparably damage the enginewith invalidation of the warran-ty due to the damage caused. Inthe event of accidentally fillingwith another type of fuel, do notstart the engine and empty thetank. If the engine has been runeven for only a very short time,in addition to the tank, it is alsonecessary to drain out the wholefuel circuit.

AT THE FILLING STATION

PETROL ENGINES

Use unleaded petrol only.

However, to avoid mistakes, the fu-el filler is too small for the leadedpetrol pump.

Octane rating (R.O.N.) must not belower than 95.

fig. 151

F0D

0193

m

Never put even the tini-est amount of leadedpetrol in the fuel tank of

your Ducato even in an emer-gency. You would damage thecatalytic converter beyond re-pair.

An inefficient catalyticconverter will allowharmful exhaust fumes to

be emitted and thus contributeto air pollution.


FUEL FILLER CAP

The fuel filler cap C-fig. 153 is fittedwith a key lock and a device B secur-ing it to the lid A so that it cannot belost.

Open lid A-fig. 152 pressing whereindicated by the arrow to get to thefuel filler cap.

When refuelling, position the cap onthe flap as shown in fig. 153.

fig. 152

F0D

0139

m

Diesel fuel fluidity decreases at lowtemperatures due to the paraffin itcontains and can clog up the fuel filter.

To avoid possible problems, fuellingstations usually sell summer, winter orarctic (mountain/cold areas) fuel ac-cording to the period of the year.

If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitablefor the temperature of use, addDIESEL MIX to the fuel, in the pro-portions written on the container. Pourthe antifreeze into the fuel tank beforethe fuel.

DIESEL MIX antifreeze is effectiveonly if it is added before the cold be-gins to take effect on the fuel. Addingthe product after will not have any ef-fect.


IMPORTANT The airtight seal ofthe cap may lead to a slight increase ofpressure in the tank. A hissing soundwhen the cap is removed is thereforequite normal.

After refuelling, screw the cap untilhearing one or more clicks, turn thekey and then remove it.. close the lid.

IMPORTANT Moreover, beforestarting the engine, for the sake ofsafety, check whether the refuellinggun is properly hung onto the fuelpump.

If required, replace thefuel cap with another gen-uine cap to avoid affecting

the efficiency of the fuel vapourrecovery system.

fig. 153

F0D

0140

m

PROTECTING THEENVIRONMENTProtection of the environment has

been the guiding principle in the designof the Fiat Ducato right from the start.The result is the use of materials andcreation of devices that can reduce orconsiderably curtail harmful influenceson the environment.

The devices for curtailing petrol en-gine emissions are:

– a three-way catalytic converter;

– a lambda sensor;

– a fuel evaporation system.

The devices for curtailing diesel en-gine emissions are:

– an oxidising catalytic converter;

– an exhaust gas recirculation system(E.G.R.) (for certain versions).

Consequently, the Fiat Ducato isready to travel well ahead of the moststringent international pollution controlstandards.

Keep naked flames or light-ed cigarettes away from

the fuel filler hole as there is a dan-ger of fire. Do not bend too close tothe hole either so as not to breathein harmful vapours.

WARNING

105GETTING THE BEST OUT OF YOUR VEHICLE

GGEETTTT IINNGG TTHHEE BBEESSTT OOUUTT OOFF YYOOUURR VVEEHHIICCLLEE

STARTING THE ENGINE

HOW TO START PETROLVERSIONS

IMPORTANT Do not press theaccelerator until the engine has start-ed.

1) Ensure that the handbrake is up.

2) Put the gear lever into neutral.

3) Press the clutch pedal down tothe floor without touching the accel-erator.

4) Turn the ignition key to AVV andrelease it as soon as the engine starts.

If the engine does not start at thefirst attempt, return the ignition keyto STOP before trying to start theengine again.

If the warning light Y stays on whenthe ignition key is at MAR, turn thekey to STOP and then to MAR; if thewarning light stays on, try with theother keys provided.

If you are still unable to start the en-gine, go to a Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT Do not leave the ig-nition key at MAR when the engine isoff.

Minibus and School Bus versions:press the ignition enable button lo-cated to the left of the steering col-umn as shown in the specific supple-ment to this handbook.

Never touch the high volt-age cables (spark plug ca-

bles) when the engine is running.

WARNING

It is dangerous to let the en-gine run in a garage of oth-

er closed area. The engine con-sumes oxygen and gives off carbondioxide, carbon monoxide and oth-er poisonous fumes.

WARNING

106 GETTING THE BEST OUT OF YOUR VEHICLE

HOW TO START DIESELVERSIONS

1) Ensure that the handbrake is up.

2) Put the gear lever into neutral.

3) Press the clutch pedal down tothe floor without touching the accel-erator.

4) Turn the ignition key to MAR. In-strument panel warning lights m andY will come on.

5) Wait for the instrument panelwarning light Y to go out.

6) Wait for the instrument panelwarning light m to go out. The hot-ter the engine is, the quicker this willhappen.

7) Turn the key to AVV immediate-ly after the mwarning light goes out.

If you wait too long, you will lose thebenefit of the work done by the glowplugs.

Release the key as soon as the enginestarts.

Intake air heater (Heat Flange)

An air heating device is fitted on theintake manifold inlet in 2.8 JTD ver-sions to facilitate starting the engine incold weather.

This device will be switched on au-tomatically when the key is turned toMAR.

The heater is fitted in all 2.8 JTD ver-sions with EGR system. It is optionalfor other JTD versions.

The engine start-up procedure is thesame with and without the heater.

GENERAL NOTES

If the engine does not start first time,return the key to STOP before try-ing to start the engine again.

If warning light Y remains lit whenthe ignition key is at MAR, turn thekey to STOP and then to MAR; if thewarning light stays on, try with theother keys provided.

The warning light mwill flash (for approxi-mately 60 seconds) at

start-up or during prolongedcranking to signal a fault in theglow plug heating system. Youcan use the vehicle as usual if theengine starts but you should con-tact a Fiat Dealership as soon aspossible to have problem seen to.

SELENIA 20K (petrol en-gines) is recommendedwhen the vehicle is mainly

used in relatively mild climates. Ifhowever, the vehicle is mainlyused where the climate is partic-ularly severe, the use of SELENIAPERFORMER MULTIPOWER(petrol engines) or SELENIA WR(diesel engines) is recommended.


If you still cannot start the engine,get in touch with a Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT When the outsidetemperature is low, it is important tonote that the use of a more fluid oilwill facilitate starting the cold engine.Therefore, in winter, follow the advicein chapter “Technical specifications”,paragraph “Fluids and lubricants”.

IMPORTANT Never leave the igni-tion key at MAR when the engine is off.

Minibus and School Bus versions:press the ignition enable button lo-cated to the left of the steering col-umn as shown in the specific supple-ment to this handbook.

HOW TO WARM UP THE ENGINE AFTER IT HAS JUST STARTED (petrol and diesel versions)

– Begin to move forward slowly let-ting the engine turn at medium revs.Do not accelerate abruptly.

– Do not push the engine to its lim-it for the first few kilometres. You arerecommended to wait until thecoolant temperature indicator startsto move.

EMERGENCY START-UP

If the Fiat CODE system fails torecognise that code transmitted by theignition key (warning light Y on theinstrument panel lit) the emergencystart-up can be performed by using theCODE card code.

See the “In an emergency” section.

Catalysed vehicles mustnot be bump started(pushed, towed or coast-

ed downhill) as this could causefuel to flow into the catalytic ex-haust system and damage it be-yond repair.

Remember that until theengine has started the

brake booster and power steeringsystems will not work and a greatereffort will therefore be required todepress the brake pedal or turn thesteering wheel.

WARNING


SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE

Turn the ignition key to STOP whilethe engine is idling.

IMPORTANT After a taxing driveyou should allow the engine to “catchits breath” before turning it off by let-ting it idle to allow temperature in theengine compartment to fall.

PARKING

Switch off the engine, pull up thehandbrake and engage a gear (1st gearor reverse, according to whether thevehicle is facing up or downhill) andleave the wheels turned. If the vehi-cle is left on a steep slope, wedges ora rock should be used to lock thewheels.

Do not leave the ignition key atMAR to prevent running the batterydown. Always remove the key whenyou leave the vehicle.

HANDBRAKE

The handbrake lever is located onthe left-hand side of the driver’s seat.

Pull the lever upwards as far as it willgo to apply the handbrake. Instrumentpanel warning light x will come onwhen the key is turned to MAR.

IMPORTANT The vehicle must beblocked after three or four lever re-leases when the vehicle is empty; thenumber of releases necessary to blockit depend on the load and on the roadslope.

In case of problems, contact a FiatDealership to have it adjusted.

A quick burst on the ac-celerator before turningoff the engine serves ab-

solutely no practical purpose andwastes fuel. It can also damageturbo-charged engines.

fig. 1F0

D00

44m

Never leave children unsu-pervised in the vehicle.

WARNING


To release the handbrake:

1) slightly lift the handbrake and pressrelease button A-fig. 1;

2) keep the button pressed and low-er the lever. Warning light x will goout;

3) press the brake pedal when car-rying out this operation to prevent thevehicle moving accidentally.

IMPORTANT Pull the handbrakelever only when the vehicle is at astandstill, or when the vehicle is run-ning, but however only in case of a fail-ure of the hydraulic system.

Should the handbrake be exception-ally used when the vehicle is running, itis suggested to keep a moderate trac-tion to avoid causing the rear axleblock, entailing vehicle side skidding.

USING THEMANUAL GEARBOX

Press the clutch fully before shiftingthe gear stick into one of the positionsshown in the diagram fig. 2 (the dia-gram is also on the gear lever knob).

To engage reverse, lift the sliding ringA under the knob and shift the leverto the left and forth.

IMPORTANT Only engage the re-verse gear when the vehicle is com-pletely stationary.

With the engine running, before en-gaging reverse, wait for at least 2 sec-onds with the clutch pedal pressed toavoid damaging the gears and grating.

fig. 2F0

D00

57m

You must press the clutchfully down to change gear

properly. It is therefore essentialthat there is nothing under the ped-als. Make sure that mats are lyingflat and do not get in the way ofpedals.

WARNING


STARTING

After starting the engine, with the en-gine idling and keeping the brake ped-al pressed, move the gearshift lever toposition D. Release the brake pedaland gradually press the acceleratorpedal.

IMPORTANT Movement of thelever from position P is allowed onlywith the ignition key at MAR and thebutton on the lever and the brake ped-al pressed.

STOPPING THE VEHICLE

To stop the vehicle, simply press thebrake pedal regardless of the positionof the gearshift lever.

IMPORTANT Removing the igni-tion key is only allowed with thegearshift lever in position P and for amaximum time of 30 seconds fromwhen the engine is turned off P, whenthe door is opened a buzzer will soundfor about 15 seconds to alert the dri-ver.

In the case of an emergency (faults,flat battery, etc.) the ignition key canbe removed from the switch fitting ascrewdriver in hole in fig. 3 set underthe ignition switch and pressing up-wards

Do not attempt to ob-tain peak performanceuntil the engine has

reached normal operating tem-perature.

fig. 3F0

D02

36m

With the engine idling, alsoon a level surface, and the

gearshift lever in position D or R,the vehicle tends to move if thebrake pedal is not kept pressed.

WARNING

ELECTRONICAUTOMATICGEARBOX(2.8 JTD versionsonly)

The automatic gearbox fitted on Fi-at Ducato features four speeds plusreverse with self-adapting control (i.e.capable of adapting to the driver’s dri-ving style), which transmits powercontinuously and with very fast elec-tro-hydraulic gear engagement times.

STARTING THE ENGINE

The engine can be started only withthe gearshift lever in the P or N posi-tion.

For safety reasons, it is advisable tostart the engine with the brake pedalpressed.

IMPORTANT When moving off af-ter starting the engine, do not pressthe accelerator pedal before and dur-ing the movement of the gearshiftlever. This is particularly importantwhen the engine is cold.


SELECTING AUTOMATIC/SEQUENTIAL MANUALOPERATION

The main feature of this gearbox isthe possibility of being used in the au-tomatic or sequential manual mode.The operating mode is chosen posi-tioning the gearshift lever in the rightsector A-fig. 4 (automatic gearshift-ing) or left sector B (sequential man-ual gearshifting).

fig. 4

F0D

0237

m

Sector A of the lever: automaticoperation.

The display fig. 5 will show lever po-sitions: P - R - N - D.

Sector B of the lever: sequentialmanual mode.

The display fig. 6 will show the dif-ferent engaged ratios: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

For automatic operation move thegearshift lever to the right sector A-fig. 4 in one of the four positions:

P = parking

R = reverse

N = neutral

D = forward gear.

P - Parking

To prevent accidental movements, thelever can only be moved to position Pwith the button C-fig. 4 pressed.

When the vehicle is parked, always setthe lever to this position. A device inthe gearbox locks the driving wheels.

fig. 6F0

D02

39m

fig. 5

F0D

0247

m

Always pull the handbrakecompletely before leaving

the vehicle.

WARNING


IMPORTANT Removing the igni-tion key is only allowed with thegearshift lever in position P and for amaximum time of 30 seconds fromwhen the engine is turned off P, whenthe door is opened a buzzer will soundfor about 15 seconds to alert the dri-ver.

In an emergency (flat battery) it ispossible to move the gearshift leverfrom position P, pressing the clamp-ing device fig. 7 set under the gearshiftlever cap.

R - Reverse

Move the gearshift lever to R withthe vehicle stationary, the engine idlingand the brake pedal pressed.

To prevent accidental movements,the lever can only be moved to thisposition with the button C-fig. 4pressed.

With the lever in position R the re-verse lights turn on and a buzzersounds for about 4 seconds to warnthe driver.

IMPORTANT With the lever inposition R, reverse gear is not engagedif the vehicle speed exceeds the es-tablished limit (approx. 12 km/h).When the speed falls below this value,reverse gear engages and stays en-gaged even if the limit is exceeded.

fig. 7F0

D02

40m

Before moving the lever,press the brake pedal: the

vehicle must be stationary.

WARNING

Move the gearshift lever to positionP with the vehicle stationary and theengine idling before switching off.

For safety reasons the ignition keycan only be removed with the gearshiftlever in this position.

IMPORTANT Movement of thelever from position P is only allowedpressing the button C-fig. 4 with thebrake pedal pressed.

Move the gearshift lever toposition P when getting out

of the vehicle leaving the enginerunning.

WARNING

Before moving the leverfrom position P, press the

brake pedal: the vehicle must bestationary.

WARNING


N - Neutral

This corresponds to the neutral po-sition of a standard manual gearbox.

This position is to be used if the ve-hicle is to be pushed or towed.

With the engine idling andthe gearshift lever at N the

vehicle tends to move by inertia ifit is not on a level surface: keep thebrake pedal pressed when the leveris at N.

WARNING

D - Forward gear

This is the position to be used whendriving forward normally. The elec-tronic control unit controls automat-ic engagement of the 4 gears depend-ing on the position of the accelerator,driving speed, engine rpm, longitudinaland transversal acceleration and thetype of road.

The electronic gearbox can chosebetween different operating pro-grammes, which range between com-fortable economy driving and sportydriving coming into operation betweenthe lowest and the highest speed.

Pressing the accelerator pedal quick-ly the gearbox will immediately selectthe sportier programme to meet therequest for increased performance. Todisengage the function release the ac-celerator by at least 1/4 of the stroke.

In the same way, during braking alower gear is engaged to better exploitthe braking action of the engine. Ifthere is another bend the new ratiowill be engaged already when slowingdown before the bend, this way at theend of the bend the gearbox will nothave to shift gear to cope with accel-eration.

Kickdown

To obtain optimum acceleration, forexample when overtaking, the gearboxwill kickdown by two gears simply byquickly pressing fully home the accel-erator pedal (in 1/10 of a second).

Engagement of the next longer ratiowill take place when the maximumrpm limit is reached.

With the engine at idlespeed and the gearshift

lever at D, the vehicle tends to movealso on a level surface: keep thebrake pedal pressed until moving off.

WARNING


SEQUENTIAL MANUALOPERATION

For the sequential manual operationmode, move the lever to the left sec-tor B-fig. 4 with two positions:

(+) = engagement of the higher ra-tio;

(–) = engagement of the lower ratio.

Moving the gearshift lever to themanual sector is only possible fromposition D: the ratio selected by theautomatic gearbox when the lever ismoved will remain engaged.

When the sequential manual mode isselected, the display shows the en-gaged gear fig. 6.

To select the higher ratio move thelever in the (+) direction and to shiftdown move the lever to (–).

IMPORTANT If the request todownshift would cause engineoverevving, this is eliminated by theelectronic control unit. Moreover, ifthe manually engaged gear causes en-gine overevving, the electronic controlunit will shift gear automatically to themost appropriate one (AUTO-UP).

When the sequential man-ual mode has been set and

a high gear is engaged, to acceler-ate rapidly, for example to over-take, it is necessary to downshiftby hand: the kickdown featurecannot be engaged!

WARNING

Engaging the automaticWINTER programme (only with lever in “D”)

Press button A-fig. 8 to engage theautomatic WINTER programme thatmakes the vehicle starting in 2nd gear.This mode is recommended underpoor grip conditions (snow, ice, mud,etc.).

Use this function only when requiredin poor grip road conditions then con-tinue driving with the WINTER func-tion off.

The WINTER function shall alwaysbe off on slopes.

fig. 8

F0D

0241

m


Moving the lever back to position Dthe gearbox instantly resumes the au-tomatic mode selecting the ratio ac-cording to the driving characteristics.

IMPORTANT The electronic con-trol unit is programmed to changegear one at a time, therefore repeat-ed fast actuations will not result in re-peated engagements of the gears. Thehigher or lower gear is engaged mov-ing the lever to the (+) or (–) positionwhen the previous request has beenperformed.

In the event of a fault to the sequen-tial manual system, the system will se-lect the automatic mode.

FAILURE INDICATIONS

Automatic gearbox faults are indi-cated by the warning light A-fig. 9 onthe instrument panel.

Turning the ignition key to MAR thewarning light should turn on and goout after about 4 seconds. If the warn-ing light stays on or if turns on whentravelling, this indicates a gearbox fault(flashing light) or gearbox oil over-heating (steadily glowing light).

– Warning light glowing steadi-ly = automatic gearbox oil maximumtemperature.

If the warning light turns on andglows steadily when travelling, this in-dicates that the gearbox oil hasreached the maximum temperature.You are therefore advised to stop thevehicle with the engine at idle speedand gearshift lever in “N” or “P” (inthis case engine cooling fans are on),until the warning light goes out and re-sume your journey without pushingthe engine to peak performance.

If the warning light turns on again, itis necessary to stop again with the en-gine idling until it goes out.

If there are less than 15 minutes be-tween one turning on of the warninglight and the next, you are advised tostop the vehicle, do not switch off theengine but allow the engine-gearboxunit to cool down completely (bothengine cooling fans off).

fig. 9F0

D01

92m


BUMP STARTING

Starting by pushing or towing the ve-hicle is not possible. In the event of anemergency, when the battery is flat,start the vehicle with a suitable emer-gency battery, following the instruc-tions given in section “In an emer-gency” at paragraph “Jump starting”.

TOWING THE VEHICLE

IMPORTANT For towing the ve-hicle comply with current local regu-lations and follow the instructions giv-en in section “In an emergency” atparagraph “Towing the vehicle”.

If the vehicle is to be towed, adhereto the following recommendations:

– if possible, carry the vehicle on thefloor of a rescue vehicle;

– if this is not possible, tow the ve-hicle raising the driving wheels (front)from the ground;

– if this, too, is not possible, the ve-hicle should not be towed for morethan 200 km at a speed of no morethan 50 km/h.

When towing, the gearshift levershould be at N.

Do not start the enginewhile the vehicle is beingtowed.

The failure to complywith these instructionsmay cause serious dam-

age to the automatic gearbox.

When travelling with thegearbox faulty, drive with

the utmost care in consideration ofthe limited performance (in termsof acceleration and speed) that thevehicle can offer.

WARNING

When travelling with thegearbox faulty, the revers-

ing gear lock might not be active:absolutely never move the lever tothe R position with the vehicle onthe move.

WARNING– Warning light flashing = auto-matic gearbox fault.

Warning light flashing at starting orwhen travelling indicates a fault in theautomatic gearbox.

The automatic control system setsan “emergency programme” engagingthe 3rd gear.

Switching the engine off and then onagain, the self-test system could ex-clude the fault and therefore turn offthe warning light. The failure is how-ever stored and the automatic gear-box shall be checked at a Fiat Deal-ership.


CONSTRUCTION FEATURES

DUCATO automatic gearbox is con-trolled electronically with four for-ward gears and reverse.

It is controlled by an electronic con-trol unit which handles:

– the torque distributor;

– gearshifting;

– specific programmes.

The gearbox is coupled with a flowpower torque distributor with pilotedantislip device which makes it possibleto obtain demultiplication ratios.

The characteristic of this gearboxwhich works without idle gear enables:

– higher compactness and weight re-duction;

– improved output due to less fric-tion;

– lower stress of transmission com-ponents.

GENERAL FEATURES

Electronic gearbox control makes itpossible to obtain gearshifting suitedto momentary engine characteristicswith a certain elasticity.

The electronic control unit has thefollowing task:

– adapting the oil pressure forgearshifting to the engine torque;

– activating safety functions;

– defining the manual gearshiftingprogramme;

– system diagnostics.

For controlling these operating log-ics the control unit uses the follow-ing signals:

– engine rpm;

– engine temperature;

– engine torque;

– vehicle speed;

– gearbox oil temperature;

– gearshift lever position;

– accelerator pedal position;

– brake pedal position.

The control unit also communicateswith the injection system electroniccontrol unit.

Conditions of use analysed bythe control unit

The control unit analyses each singlecondition of use of the vehicle, dis-criminating it on the basis of the sig-nals received from the various sensors.

Analysed conditions are the follow-ing:

– starting (position/accelerator ped-al changing speed);

– acceleration (accelerator pedalcompletely pushing down speed);

– full load (number of engine full loadkickdown signals or position mainte-nance time);


– braking (accelerator pedal releasetime and braking system operation);

– type of programme (gearshift se-lector lever position);

– winter driving (driving wheeltorque reduction);

– driving with trailer or uphill (vehi-cle speed in relation to transmittedtorque)

– driving downhill (vehicle accelera-tion in relation to the position of theaccelerator pedal);

– driving in towns or queues (accel-erator pedal position and vehiclespeed);

– gear required by the driver(gearshift lever position);

– cold starting (engine temperature).

Gearshift programme control

To optimise vehicle handling theelectronic control unit has the fol-lowing memorised programmes:

– automatic operation;

– manual operation;

– winter driving (to be selectedthrough button WINTER);

– engine warming up;

– protection against excessive gear-box oil temperature .

Automatic programme

This comprises 16 gearshifting pro-grammes.

In relation to the vehicle speed andtorque transmitted, the control unitdetects the slope of the road surfaceand depending on the sporty featureschosen, it autonomously chooses theprogramme most suited to the situa-tion.

During gearshifting, the gearbox con-trol unit asks the injection control unitto momentarily reduce the torque.The duration of torque reductionvaries depending on the travelling con-ditions.


Manual sequential programme

This function enables manual se-quential use of the gearbox merelymoving the selector lever to the left.

Each time the lever is pressed onlyone gear is shifted: more than one shiftcannot be obtained.

To avoid overevving or excessivelylow engine rpm, the control unit in-hibits requests for gearshifting thatwould cause such situations.

Winter driving programme

This programme is engaged by press-ing button WINTER near thegearshift lever,

in case of driving wheel skidding andit changes to specific gears.

Starting is possible only in 2nd gear.On snowy roads use however snowchains and/or tyres.

The WINTER function shall alwaysbe off on slopes.

Engine warming up programme

This programme allows the engine toreach normal operating temperaturein the shortest time possible (de-pending on the outside temperature)highering the gearshifting points, in re-lation to engine temperature.

The programme engages automati-cally after starting, if the engine tem-perature is below 30 °C and it remainsactive up to 34 °C.

Excessive gearbox oiltemperature programme

This is activated when the gearboxoil temperature reaches 120 °C and itremains active down to 117 °C.

To facilitate oil cooling, this pro-gramme inhibits gearshifting, either upor down. It is however possible to usethe manual programme.

SAFE DRIVING

In designing Ducato, Fiat has madeevery effort to come up with a vehicleable to provide driver and passengerswith top-class levels of safety. Never-theless it is always the behaviour of theperson at the wheel that determinesroad safety.

In the following pages you will findsome simple tips to help you travel insafety under different conditions. Youwill no doubt be familiar with many ofthem already but it will be useful toread them all carefully.


BEFORE GETTING BEHINDTHE WHEEL

– Make sure all light, including theheadlights, are working properly;

– adjust the position of seats and dri-ving and door mirrors properly for thebest driving position;

– make sure that nothing (mats, etc.)gets in the way of the pedals whenthey are pushed down;

– make sure that any child restraintsystems (child seats, cradles, etc.) areproperly fixed;

– place any objects in the load com-partment in such a way that they can-not be thrown forwards in the eventof an accident;

– light eating will help keep your re-flexes prompt. Above all, do not haveanything alcoholic to drink.

Remember to periodically check:

– tyre pressure,

– engine oil level,

– engine coolant level and coolingsystem conditions,

– brake fluid level,

– windscreen washer fluid level.

WHEN TRAVELLING

– The first rule of safe driving is pru-dence;

– prudence also means putting your-self into a position where you can pre-dict wrong or imprudent behaviourfrom other drivers;

– stick closely to the rules of theroad in the particular country wherethe vehicle is being driven and, aboveall, do not exceed speed limits;

– ensure that, besides yourself, all theother passengers in the vehicle havetheir seat belts fastened, that childrenare sitting in the appropriate childseats and any animals in the vehicle areplaced in suitable compartment;

– you should be physically fit andmentally alert before setting out onlong journeys.

Always fasten both frontand back seat belts

(Panorama, Minibus, Combi andCrew Cab versions). Travelling withthe seat belts unfastened increas-es the risk of injury or death if youare in a collision.

WARNING

Driving while drunk or un-der the influence of drugs

or certain medicines is dangerousfor both you and other road users.

WARNING


– Do not drive too many hours at atime but stop at intervals to stretchyour legs and recoup your energy;

– make sure the air in the passenger’scompartment is being changedcontinuously;

– never coast downhill (i.e. with theengine off): if you do, you lose the aidof engine braking, power brakes andpower steering so that braking re-quires greater effort on the pedal andsteering requires greater effort on thesteering wheel.

DRIVING AT NIGHT

These are the main rules to followwhen you are driving at night:

– drive especially carefully: it is hard-er to drive at night;

– slow down especially if the road isnot lit;

– at the first signs of sleepiness, stop:continuing would be a risk for yourselfand everybody else. Only start drivingagain when you have had enough rest;

– keep a greater safety distance fromthe vehicles in front of you than dur-ing daylight hours: it is hard to judgehow fast other vehicles are going whenall you can see are their lights;

– make sure the headlights beams areproperly positioned: if they are toolow, they reduce visibility and strainyour eyes. If they are too high they candazzle other drivers. Adjust headlightbeam according to transported load;

– only use main beam headlightswhen you are driving outside townand when you are sure they do not an-noy other drivers. dip your headlights

Water, ice or salt sprinkledon the road can deposit on

the brake discs and reduce effi-ciency of the first braking.

WARNINGDo not drive with objectson the floor in front of the

driver’s seat: they could caught un-der the pedals making braking oraccelerating impossible.

WARNING

Pay attention to the mats:even a small problem to the

braking system may require in-creased brake pedal stroke with re-spect to normal.

WARNING


as soon as you see vehicles coming inthe other direction and pass them withthe headlights dipped;

– keep all lights clean;

– be careful of animals crossing theroad when driving in the country. Slowdown to avoid the risk of runningthem over.

DRIVING IN THE RAIN

Rain and wet road surfaces spell dan-ger. All manoeuvres are more difficulton a wet road because the grip of thewheels on the tarmac is greatly re-duced. This is why braking distancesare much longer and road-holding islower.

Here is some advice for driving in therain:

– reduce speed and maintain agreater safety distance from the vehi-cles in front;

– If it is raining particularly heavily,visibility is also reduced. In these cas-es, switch on the dipped headlightseven if it is still daylight so you can beseen more easily;

– Do not drive through puddles atspeed and hold on tightly to the wheelif you do: a puddle taken at high speedmight cause you to lose control of thevehicle (aquaplaning);

– Position the ventilation controls fordemisting (see section “Getting toknow your vehicle”), to prevent visi-bility from worsening;

– Routinely check the conditions ofthe windscreen wiper blades.

DRIVING IN FOG

– If the fog is thick, do not start outon a journey unless you absolutelyhave to.

If driving in mist, blanket fog or whenthere is the danger of fog patches:

– keep your speed down;

– turn on the dipped headlights, rearfog lights and front fog lights, if fitted,even during the day. Do not drive withyour headlights at main beam.

IMPORTANT On stretches ofroad with good visibility, switch offyour rear foglights; the brightness ofthese lights could annoy the peopletravelling in the vehicles behind.

– Remember that fog also means thetaramac is wet and therefore ma-noeuvres of all kinds are more difficultand stopping distances are longer;

– keep a good distance from the ve-hicles in front of you;

– as far as possible, avoid spurts ofspeed or sudden deceleration;

– do not overtake other vehicles ifpossible;


– if you are forced to stop your ve-hicle (breakdown, limited visibility,etc.) try to stop off the road. Turn onthe hazard lights and, if possible, thedipped beam headlights. Rhythmicallysound the horn if you release anoth-er vehicle is coming.

DRIVING IN THEMOUNTAINS

– Check fluid levels (oil, brake fluid,coolant) and tyre wear before drivingin the mountains;

– when driving downhill use the en-gine braking effect by engaging a lowgear so as not to overheat the brakes;

– under no circumstances should youdrive downhill with the engine off orwith the gear in neutral, let alone withthe ignition key out;

– drive at moderate speed and avoid“cutting” corners;

– remember that overtaking whilegoing uphill is slower and therefore re-quires more free road. If you are be-ing overtaken while driving uphill,make it easier for the other vehicleto pass.

DRIVING ON SNOW AND ICE

Here are some tips for driving inthese conditions:

– keep your speed down;

– use chains if the roads are coveredwith snow;

– do not park the vehicle with theengine running for long periods oftime: snow could divert exhaust fumesinto the passenger compartment;

– mainly use the braking effect of theengine and under all circumstancesavoid braking sharply;

– when braking a vehicle not fittedwith ABS, reduce the possibility of thewheels locking by varying the pressureyou exert on the brake pedal;

– do not accelerate suddenly andavoid swerving;

– in the winter, even apparently dryroads may have icy patches. Be care-ful therefore when driving overstretches that do not get much expo-sure to the sun or are lined with treesor rocks where ice might not havemelted;

– keep a good distance from the ve-hicles in front.

DRIVING WITH ABS

– ABS is a braking system that es-sentially offers two advantages:

1) It prevents wheel lock and con-sequent skidding in emergency stops,particularly when the road does notoffer much grip.

2) it makes it possible to brake andsteer at the same time and direct thevehicle where you want while braking.


To get the most out of ABS:

– During emergency stops or whengrip conditions are poor, you will feela slight pulsation on the brake pedal.This is the sign that the ABS is work-ing. Do not release the brake pedal butcontinue to press so as not to inter-rupt the braking action;

– ABS enables you to brake and steerat the same time. If you meet an un-expected obstacle you can thereforesteer around it;

– the ABS prevents the wheels fromlocking but it does not increase actu-al grip conditions between tyre androad. Therefore, even if your vehicleis fitted with ABS, keep a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you andkeep your speed down when drivinginto bends.

ABS serves to increase your controlover the vehicle, not to enable you togo faster.

Some suggestions which may helpyou to keep the running costs of thevehicle down and lower the amountof toxic emissions released into the at-mosphere are given below.

GENERALCONSIDERATIONS

Vehicle maintenance

Carry out the checks and adjust-ments/regulations specified in the“Service Schedule”.

Tyres

Check tyre inflation pressure regu-larly. Tyres should be checked at leastonce every four weeks: if the pressureis too low, fuel consumption increas-es as the resistance to the rollingmovement of the tyre is greater.

Unnecessary loads

Do not travel with too much load.The weight of the vehicle (specially inurban traffic) and its trim greatly ef-fects consumption and stability.

Roof rack/ski rack

Remove the roof or ski racks fromthe vehicle as soon as they are nolonger needed. These accessories re-duce the aerodynamic penetration ofthe vehicle and will increase con-sumption. When transporting partic-ularly large objects, use a trailer,where possible.

CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS


Electric devices

Use electric devices for the neces-sary time only. The heated rear win-dow, fog lights, windscreen wipers,heater fan require large amounts ofelectricity and increasing the requestfor power will also increase fuel con-sumption (up to +25% when driving intowns).

Climate control system

The climate control system is an ad-ditional load which greatly affects theengine leading to higher consumption.When the temperature outside thevehicle allows it, use the air ventswhere possible.

DRIVING STYLE

Starting

Do not warm the engine when thevehicle is stationary or at high or lowspeed: in this way the engine will warmup gradually increasing consumptionand emissions. You should drive offslowly straight away avoiding high revsso that the engine will warm up morequickly.

Unnecessary actions

Avoid revving the engine whenstopped at traffic lights or beforeswitching off the engine and avoid dou-bling the clutch as these actions haveno purpose on modern vehicles andserve only to increase consumptionand pollution.

Gear selections

As soon as the traffic and road con-ditions allow it, shift to a higher gear.Using a low gear to liven up accelera-tion greatly increases consumption. Inthe same way improper use of highgears will increase consumption, emis-sions and engine wear.

On passenger transportation versionsfitted with 2.3, 2.8 JTD and 2.8 JTDPOWER engines, fuel consumption canbe optimised by starting (on level road)in 2nd gear instead of 1st gear.

Top speeds

Fuel consumption increases consid-erably as speed increases. Your speedshould be kept as even as possible andsuperfluous braking and accelerationavoided as this increases both con-sumption and emissions.

Acceleration

Accelerating violently increasing therevs will greatly affect consumptionand emissions; acceleration should begradual and should not exceed themaximum torque.


CONDITIONS OF USE

Cold starting

Frequent cold starting will not enablethe engine to reach optimal runningtemperature. It follows, therefore,that consumption will be higher (from+15 to +30% in towns) as will theproduction of toxic emissions.

Traffic and road conditions

Heavy traffic and higher consumptionare synonymous: for example, whendriving slowly with frequent use of low-er gears or in towns where there arenumerous traffic lights.

Winding roads, mountain roads andbumpy roads also have a negative effecton consumption.

Enforced halts

During prolonged stops (traffic lights,level crossings, etc.) the engine shouldbe switched off.

LOADRECOMMENDATIONS

The version of the Ducato you aredriving has been designed and ap-proved on the basis of several setmaximum weights (see the tables“Weights” in section “Technical spec-ifications”):

– kerb weight

– payload

– total weight

– total weight on the front axle

– total weight on the rear axle

– towable weight

fig. 10F0

D00

47m

Each of these limits must beborne in mind and MUST

NEVER BE EXCEEDED under anycircumstances. In particular, neverexceed the maximum weight per-mitted on the front and rear axleswhen arranging loads in vehicle (es-pecially for special version vehicles).

WARNING

Chance knocks or suddenbraking can cause sudden

shifts of the load which could jeop-ardise the safety of the driver andthe passengers: before you start offmake sure the load is firmly securedby using the hooks built into thefloor for that purpose fig. 10. Usemetal cables, ropes or straps strongenough to support the weight ofthe load to be fixed.

WARNING


In addition to these general precau-tions, some simple measures could en-hance driving safety, comfort and thelength of the vehicle’s life:

– distribute the load evenly over theload floor: if you need to concentrateit all in one point choose the part be-tween the axles;

– remember that the lower the loadis, the lower the vehicle’s centre ofgravity will be, contributing to a safedrive; you should therefore always po-sition the heavier goods at the bottom;

– finally, remember that the way inwhich the vehicle moves is influencedby the weight being carried. In partic-ular, stopping distance lengthens par-ticularly at high speed.

CHEAP RUNNINGTHAT RESPECTS THE ENVIRONMENT

Environmental protection has beenone of the guiding principles in theproduction of the Ducato. It is no ac-cident that its pollution control equip-ment is much more effective than thatrequired by current legislation.

Nonetheless, the environment can-not get by without a concerted effortfrom everyone. By following a few sim-ple rules you can avoid harming theenvironment and often cut down fuelconsumption at the same time.

On this subject, a few useful tips havebeen given below to supplement thosemarked by symbol # at various pointsof the handbook. You are asked toread both the former and latter care-fully.

Even if the vehicle is sta-tionary on a steep hill or

sideways incline, goods not proper-ly secured could fall out when theback or side doors are opened.

WARNING

Observe the enforced rulesif you need to carry a spare

can of petrol. Only use a homolo-gated can and secure it to the loadanchoring eyebolts. Even giventhese precautions, the risk of fire inthe event of an accident is in-creased.

WARNING


LOOKING AFTER EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES

The correct use of pollution controldevices not only ensures respect forthe environment but also has an effecton the vehicle’s performance.

Keeping these devices in good con-ditions is therefore a fundamental rulefor driving that is easy on your pock-et and on the environment too.

The first step to take is to follow theService Schedule to the letter.

If your vehicle has a petrol enginewith catalytic converter use only un-leaded petrol.

if you have trouble starting, do notkeep turning the ignition key for longperiods. Be especially careful to avoidbump starting the vehicle by pushing,towing or rolling downhill: these areall manoeuvres that can damage thecatalyst.

Use an auxiliary battery for start-upsonly.

If the engine begins to “loose itssmoothness” when travelling, contin-ue your journey but reduce the de-mands you are making on the engineand have the vehicle seen to at a Fi-at Dealership as soon as you can.

When the instrument panel fuel re-serve warning light comes on, fill up assoon as possible. A low fuel level maycause an uneven supply of fuel to theengine with inevitable increase in thetemperature of the exhaust gas and se-rious damage to the catalytic con-verter.

Never run the engine with one ormore spark plugs disconnected, evenfor testing purposes.

Do not warm up the engine by let-ting it idle for a while before movingoff unless the outside temperature isvery low and, even in this case, onlydo so for less than thirty seconds.

Do not install heat shields and do notremove those already fitted to the cat-alytic converter and exhaust pipe.

Do not allow anything tobe sprayed onto the cat-

alytic converter, lambda sensor andexhaust pipe.

WARNING

Ignoring the above rulesmay lead to fire.

WARNING

When functioning normal-ly the catalytic converter

reaches high temperatures. For thisreason do not park the vehicle overinflammable material (grass, dryleaves, pine needles, etc.): fire haz-ard.

WARNING


TOWING A TRAILER

IMPORTANT

The vehicle must be fitted with a ho-mologated tow hitch and suitable elec-trical system for towing a caravan ortrailer. Have the tow hitch fitted by anexpert who will issue specific docu-mentation for use on roads.

Fit special wing mirrors in accor-dance with the highway code.

Remember that towing a trailermakes it harder for the vehicle toclimb the maximum gradients speci-fied, increases braking and overtakingdistance, proportionally to the overallweight of the trailer.

Engage a low gear when drivingdownhill rather than constantly brak-ing.

The weight the trailer exerts on thevehicle’s tow hitch coupling reducesthe vehicle’s payload by the sameamount.

In order to be sure you are not ex-ceeding the maximum towing weight(shown in the log book) you have totake into account the trailer weight ful-ly laden including the accessories andpersonal luggage.

Do not exceed the speed limits fortowing a trailer in the country you aredriving in. In any case, do not exceedthe top speed of 100 km/h.

TOW HITCH INSTALLATIONThe tow hitch must be fixed to the

body by an expert in accordance withthe following instructions and re-specting the additional and/or integra-tive information provided by the towhitch manufacturer.The tow hitch to be fitted must com-

ply with the current regulations inforce, with reference to Directive94/20/CEE and subsequent modifica-tions.Use a tow hitch suited for the maxi-

mum towable load of the vehicle versionon which the tow hitch is to be fitted.Use a unified coupling for the elec-

trical connections. The coupling is gen-erally fitted on a specific mount fas-tened to the tow hitch. For the electrical connections, a 7 or

13 pole 12VDC coupling must be used(CUNA/UNI and ISO/DIN standards).Follow the instructions provided bythe manufacturer of the vehicle and/orthe tow hitch.For the electric connections use the

proper trailer light control unit.

Under no circumstancesmodify the vehicle’s braking

system for trailer braking control.The trailer braking system must becompletely independent from thevehicle hydraulic system.

WARNING

Where your vehicle isequipped with ABS, re-

member that this has no effect overthe trailer braking system. Particu-lar care must be taken on slipperysurfaces.

WARNING


The electrical brake or other device(electrical winch, etc.) must be pow-ered directly from the battery bymeans of a lead with a cross-sectionarea not smaller than 2.5 mm2.In addition to the electrical connec-

tions, only the power wire for an ad-ditional electrical brake and for inter-nal trailer lighting with a power notexceeding 15W can be connected tothe vehicle’s electrical system.

FITTING DIAGRAM

Van - Panorama - Combi -Ambulance versions - fig. 11The body of the tow hitch must be

secured by means of 6 screws in thepoints shown Ø (use the left springattachment holes replacing the originalscrews with other appropriately sizedand resistant screws).Alternatively, a second tow hitch

with the following elongated dimen-sions has been homologated:(1) mm 400(2) mm 0

fig. 11

F0D

0242

m

Rear

whe

el a

xle

Fully

lade

nve

hicl

e

Ball centre

Suspension fastenings

Vehicle centre line

Ground


Truck and Chassis cab versions -fig. 12

An additional tow hitch - specific forchassis cab and truck versions is shownin fig. 12. The structure Ømust be se-cured to the points shown with a totalof twelve M 10 screws.

Fit the tow hitch with the light clustercrossmember in its original position. Ifthe crossmember has been removed,replace it with another crossmemberof the same size and resistance.

IMPORTANT Fasten a tag inclearly visible position at the sameheight as the tow hitch. This tag iscompulsory. It must be adequatelysized, made of suitable material andcarry the following information:

MAX ADMITTED LOAD ONHITCH 80 kg.

fig. 12

F0D

0243

m

Holes to boreHoles to bore

Existing holes

2 shims

Vehicle centre line

2 shims

After assembly, seal the fas-tening screw holes to pre-

vent exhaust fumes from enteringthe vehicle.

WARNING


SNOW TYRES

Use snow tyres specified in the“Snow tyres” table in section “Tech-nical Specifications”.

Fiat Dealership will be happy toprovide advice concerning the mostsuitable type of tyre for the customer’srequirements.

For the type of tyre to be used, in-flation pressures and the specificationsof snow tyres, follow the instructionsgiven at paragraph “Wheels” in section“Technical Specifications”.

The winter features of these tyresare reduced considerably when thetread depth is below 4 mm. In thiscase, they should be replaced.

Due to the snow tyre features, un-der normal conditions of use or onlong motorway journeys, the perfor-mance of these tyres is lower than thatof normal tyres.

It is therefore necessary to limit theiruse to the purposes for which they arecertified.

IMPORTANT When snow tyresare used with a max. speed index be-low the one that can be reached bythe vehicle (increased by 5%), place anotice in the passenger compartment,plainly in the driver’s view which statesthe max. permissible speed of thesnow tyres (as per EC Directive).

All four tyres should be the same(brand and track) to ensure greatersafety when driving and braking andbetter driveability.

Remember that it is inappropriate tochange the direction of rotation oftyres.

The max. speed for snowtyres with “Q” marking is

160 km/h. The Road Traffic Codespeed limits must however be al-ways strictly observed.

WARNING


SNOW CHAINS

The use of snow chains is regulatedby the legislation in force in the coun-try the vehicle is driven in.

The chains may only be applied tothe drive wheel tyres (front wheels).

We recommend using LineaccessoriFiat snow chains.

Check the tautness of the chains af-ter driving some twenty to thirty me-tres.

With chainsmounted keepyour speed down.

Do not exceed 50 kph. Avoidholes in the road; do not mountsteps or kerbs. Do not drive longstretches of snow-free road withthe chains mounted, as this candamage the vehicle and the roadsurface too.

Versions

11

15

MAXI

Tyres on whichchains can be fitted

195/70 R15C205/70 R15C

215/70 R15 Camping

205/70 R15C215/70 R15 Camping

215/75 R16C205/75 R16C

215/75 R16 Camping

Types of snow chains to be used

Snow chains withreduced size with max.protrusion beyond thetyre profile of 15 mm

For rim size refer to “Wheels” in section “Technical Specifications”.

Refer to the following tablefor information on the

wheels where snow chains can befitted. Follow the prescriptions.

WARNING


VEHICLE STORAGE

The following precautions should betaken if the vehicle will not be used forseveral months:

– park the vehicle in covered, dry andif possible well-ventilated premises;

– engage a gear;

– remove the cables from the battery(first remove the cable to the negativeterminal) and check the batterycharge. If the vehicle is to be storedfor long periods the charge of the bat-tery should be checked every monthand recharged if it falls below 12.5 V;

– make sure the handbrake is not en-gaged;

– clean and protect the painted partsusing protective wax;

– clean and protect the shiny metalparts using special compounds readi-ly available;

– sprinkle talcum powder on the rub-ber windscreen and rear windowwiper blades and lift them off the glass;

– slightly open the windows;

– cover the vehicle with a cloth orperforated plastic sheet. Do not usesheets of non-perforated plastic asthey do not allow moisture on the ve-hicle body to evaporate;

– inflate the tyres to 0.5 bar abovethe normal specified pressure andcheck it at intervals;

– do not drain the engine cooling sys-tem.

IMPORTANT Where relevant,switch off the electronic vehicle alarmwith the remote control and deacti-vate the system by turning the emer-gency key to OFF (see “Electronicalarm” in section “Getting to knowyour vehicle”).

135IN AN EMERGENCY

IINN AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY

EMERGENCYSTART-UP

DIESEL VERSIONS

Emergency start-ups cannot be per-formed on versions with a diesel en-gine; contact a Fiat Dealership.

PETROL VERSIONS

If the Fiat CODE cannot deactivatethe engine immobiliser, the Y andU warning lights stay on and the en-gine will not start. Follow the emer-gency start-up procedure to start theengine.

Read the whole procedure care-fully before trying to carry it out.If you make a mistake, you must turnthe ignition key back to STOP and re-peat the whole operation from the be-ginning (step 1).

1) Read the 5-figure electronic codegiven on the CODE card.

2) Turn the ignition key to MAR.

3) Press and hold down the accel-erator pedal. Warning light U willcome on for about 8 seconds, andthen go out. At this point release theaccelerator pedal and get ready tocount the flashes of the warning lightU.

4) Count the number of flashes thatcorresponds to the first figure of thecode on the CODE card, then pressthe accelerator pedal and keep it thereuntil the warning light U comes onfor four seconds and then goes out;release the accelerator pedal.

5) Warning light U will start flash-ing again: after it has flashed the num-ber of times that corresponds to thesecond figure on the CODE card,press the accelerator pedal and keepit pressed.

6) Do the same for the remaining fig-ures on the CODE card.

7) Once the final figure has been en-tered, keep the accelerator pedalpressed. Warning light Uwill light upfor four seconds and then go out; re-lease the accelerator pedal.

8) Warning light U will flash rapid-ly for about 4 seconds to indicate thatthe operation has been completedcorrectly.

9) Start the engine by turning the ig-nition key from MAR to AVV.

If, however, the warning light Ustays on, turn the ignition key toSTOP an repeat the procedure fromstep 1).

IMPORTANT After an emergencystart-up, you should contact a FiatDealership otherwise you will haveto repeat the procedure describedeach time you want to start the en-gine.

136 IN AN EMERGENCY

JUMP STARTING

If the battery is flat, you can use an-other battery to start the engine. Itscapacity must be the same or slightlygreater than the flat battery.

Proceed as follows fig. 1:

1) connect positive terminals 1 and2 (+ sign near terminal) of the twobatteries with a jump lead;

2) with a second lead, connect thenegative terminal 3 (– sign near theterminal) of the auxiliary battery to anearthing point 4 (E) on the engine orgearbox of the vehicle to be started;

IMPORTANT Do not directlyconnect the two negative terminals:sparks could ignite the flammable gasfrom the battery. If the other batteryis fitted in a vehicle, prevent acciden-tal contacts between the metal partsof the two vehicles.

3) Start the engine.

4) when the engine has been start-ed, remove the leads reversing the or-der above.

If the engine fails to start after a fewattempts, do not keep turning the keybut have the vehicle seen at a FiatDealership.

fig. 1

F0D

0203

m

Under no circumstancesshould a battery chargerbe used to start the en-

gine: it could damage the elec-tronic systems and in particularthe ignition and injection controlunits.

Do not carry out this pro-cedure if you lack experi-

ence; if it is not done correctly itcan cause very intense electricaldischarges and the battery mighteven explode. The liquid in the bat-tery is poisonous and corrosive.Keep it away from the eyes andskin. You are also advised not to putnaked flames or lighted cigarettesnear the battery and not to causesparks: risk of fire and explosion.

WARNING

137IN AN EMERGENCY

BUMP STARTING IF A TYRE ISPUNCTURED

General instructions

Observe the instruc-tions on this and the fol-lowing pages to use the

jack and spare wheel correctly.

Catalysed vehicles mustnot be bump started(pushed, towed or

coasted downhill) as this couldcause fuel to flow into the cat-alytic exhaust system and dam-age it beyond repair.

Never start the enginewhen the vehicle is jacked

up.

WARNINGRemember that until theengine has started the

brake booster and power steeringsystems will not work and a greatereffort will therefore be required todepress the brake pedal or turn thesteering wheel.

WARNING

If you are towing a trailer,remove the trailer before

jacking up the vehicle.

WARNING

The jack should only beused to changed a wheel on

the vehicle for which it was de-signed. It should not be put to oth-er uses or employed to raise othermodels. Under no circumstancesshould it be used when carrying outrepairs under the vehicle. An incor-rectly positioned jack may causethe vehicle to fall. Do not use thejack to lift loads exceeding that in-dicated on the label attached to theto the jack itself.

WARNING

138 IN AN EMERGENCY

1. STOP THE VEHICLE

– Stop the vehicle in a position thatis not dangerous for oncoming trafficwhere you can change the wheel safe-ly. The ground should be flat and ad-equately firm. If you have to changethe wheel at night, choose a lit area ifpossible.

– Turn the engine off and pull up thehandbrake.

– Engage first or reverse gear.

– Alert other drivers that the vehicleis stationary in compliance with localregulations: hazard warning lights,warning triangle, etc.

Any passengers should get out andwait as far away as possible from thedanger of traffic.

If the road is sloping or bumpy, placewedges or other suitable material toprevent the vehicle from moving, un-der the wheels.

2. TAKE OUT THE TOOLS,JACK AND SPARE WHEEL

The tools are in the cab near theseats.

Please note:

– the jack weights 4.2 kg;

– the jack requires no adjustments;

– the jack cannot be repaired. If itbreaks it must be replaced with a newjack;

– no other tool, apart from the ex-tension and the ratchet wrench shownin this chapter can be fitted to the jack.

The spare wheel is located under therear part of the load bed.

Do not lubricate the boltthreads before fitting

them back: they could comeloose.

WARNING

Check tyre pressure andspare wheel pressure regu-

larly. Refer to section “TechnicalSpecifications”.

WARNING

139IN AN EMERGENCY

To get at the spare wheel:– remove the two plastic caps A-

fig. 2;– unscrew the two bolts C-fig. 2

with the ratchet wrench B and ex-tension F-fig. 5;– unscrew the two bolts C-fig. 3 on

the bumper internal side (chassiscab/truck versions);

– release the spare wheel supportwith the wrench E-fig. 5 inserted inseat L-fig. 4 on the left-hand side ofthe support and remove the wheelfrom under the floor.

Using the ratchet wrench will allowyou to hook and unhook the supportbetter.

3. CHANGING THE WHEEL

1) Loosen the wheel bolts on thewheel to be changed by approximate-ly one turn.

2) Turn the ring D-fig. 5 to openthe jack partially.

3) Position the jack near the wheelto be changed.

4) Alert other passengers that thevehicle is about to be raised; all per-sons should be kept away from the ve-hicle until it has been lowered.

5) Fit the extension F-fig. 5 and theratchet wrench B on the nut ring andraise the vehicle until the wheel is afew inches off the ground. When turn-ing the jack handle make sure that itcan be used easily and take care not toscrape your hand against the ground. fig. 2

F0D

0094

m

fig. 3

F0D

0092

m

fig. 4

F0D

0093

m

fig. 5F0

D00

91m

140 IN AN EMERGENCY

The moving parts of the jack (screwand joints) may also cause injury iftouched. Clean off any grease.

6) Unscrew the five bolts complete-ly using wrench E-fig. 6 and removethe wheel.

7) Fit the spare wheel making surethat the pegs H fit into holes G-fig. 7.When fitting the spare wheel, makesure the hub is clean so that the fix-ing bolts will not loosen.

8) Tighten the five wheel bolts.

9) Lower the vehicle with the ratch-et wrench and pull the jack out.

10) Fasten bolts completely, work-ing in a criss-cross fashion as shown infig. 7.

fig. 6

F0D

0090

m

fig. 7F0

D00

89m

When you have finished:

– place the wheel you have changedin the spare wheel support;

– hook the spare wheel support, us-ing wrench E;

– screw the two fastening bolts andposition the two plastic caps;

– put the jack and the tools back inthe bag under one of the two seats inthe cab.

141IN AN EMERGENCY

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

When a light is not working, checkthat it has not fused before changingthe bulb.

For the location of the fuses, refer to“If a fuse blows” in this section.

Before replacing a bulb that does notwork, check that the contacts are notoxidised.

Burnt-out bulbs must be replacedwith ones of the same type. Light frombulbs with insufficient power is dimwhile those which are too powerfuluse too much electricity. Always checkthe height of the headlight beam afterchanging a bulb.

Only touch the metalpart when handling halo-gen bulbs. If the transpar-

ent bulb is touched it reduces theintensity of the light emitted andcan also reduce the life of thebulb. If you touch the bulb acci-dentally, rub it with a clothmoistened with alcohol and leaveit to dry.

IF A BULB BURNS OUT

Modifications or repairs tothe electrical system car-

ried out incorrectly and withoutbearing the features of the systemin mind can cause malfunctionswith the risk of fire.

WARNING

You should have the bulbsreplaced at a Fiat Dealer-

ship, if possible. Correct operationand proper beam height are essen-tial for safe driving and compliancewith law requirements.

WARNING

Halogen bulbs containpressurised gas which, if

broken, may cause small fragmentsof glass to be projected outwards.

WARNING

IMPORTANT On the inside sur-face of the headlight there could ap-pear a slight coat of fogging; this doesnot show a defect, since it is a natur-al occurrence due to low temperatureand to the degree of humidity in theair; it will disappear as soon as thelights are turned on. The presence ofdrops inside the headlight shows wa-ter seepage, contact Fiat Dealership.

142 IN AN EMERGENCY

Bulbs

Main beam headlights

Dipped beam headlights

Front side lights

Front direction indicators

Side direction indicators

Rear direction indicators

Brake lights

Third brake light

Reversing light

Rear fog light/taillights

Front ceiling light

Rear ceiling light

Number plate light

W

60/55 W

60/55 W

5 W

21 W

5 W

21 W

21 W

21 W

21 W

21 W

10 W

15 W

5 W

Type

H4

H4

R5W

P21W

W5W

PY21W

P21W

P21W

P21W

P21/4W

CW10

CW15

CW5

Figure

D

D

B

B

A

B

B

B

B

B

C

C

B

fig. 8

F0D

0090

m

TYPES OF BULBS fig. 8

Several types of bulbs are installed inthe vehicle:

A. Glass bulbs Snapped into position. Pull to remove.

B. Bayonet connection bulbsRemove from the bulb holder by

pressing the bulb and rotating it anti-clockwise.

C. Cylindrical bulbs Remove by pulling away from termi-

nals.

D. Halogen bulbs To remove the bulb, release the clip

holding the bulb in place.

143IN AN EMERGENCY

MAIN AND DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS

To replace a halogen bulb with head-light disconnected, proceed as follows:

1) loosen the four screws and re-move the front grid A-fig. 9;2) loosen the two fastening screws

B-fig. 10 and remove the headlight re-leasing pin D-fig. 11 from C; 3) release the retaining clips A-fig.

12 and remove the cover B;4) remove the connector C or E-

fig. 13;

5) release the two retaining clips Dor F-fig. 14 and remove bulbs G orH-fig. 14.G - main beam headlight bulbH - main beam headlight bulb.

fig. 12

F0D

0096

m

fig. 11

F0D

0176

m

fig. 10F0

D01

75m

IF AN EXTERIORBULB BURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power re-fer to paragraph “If a bulb burns out”in this section.

fig. 9

F0D

0000

m

144 IN AN EMERGENCY

3) remove the bulb holder C-fig. 16turning it slightly to release it;

4) remove the bulb E-fig. 17;

5) replace the bulb, refit the bulbholder and the cover B-fig. 15.

6) be careful to position the bulbcorrectly7) refit the retaining clips, the con-

nector and the cover B-fig. 12 andlock it with the relevant clips.

fig. 15

F0D

0099

mfig. 16

F0D

0100

mfig. 17

F0D

0101

m

FRONT SIDE LIGHTS

To replace the bulb proceed as fol-lows:

1) remove the headlight as describedpreviously;

2) release the retaining clips A-fig. 15 and remove the cover B;

fig. 13

F0D

0097

m

fig. 14

F0D

0098

m

145IN AN EMERGENCY

REAR LIGHT CLUSTER

To replace a bulb proceed as follows:

1) loosen the two screws A-fig. 20with a screwdriver

2) remove the light cluster B and dis-connect connector C

3) loosen the two screws D-fig. 21and remove the light cluster:

E - stop light bulb;

F - bulb for reversing light

G - bulb (amber) for direction indi-cators

H - twin-light bulb for rear fog lightand taillight

fig. 20

F0D

0073

m

FRONT DIRECTIONINDICATORS

To replace the halogen bulb proceedas follows:

1) remove the headlight as describedpreviously;

2) release the retaining clips A-fig. 15 and remove the cover B;

3) remove the bulb holder D-fig. 16;

4) remove the bulb F-fig. 17 push-ing it slightly and turning it anticlock-wise at the same time;

5) after replacing the bulb refit thebulb holder and the cover B-fig. 15.

SIDE DIRECTIONINDICATORS


1) Press the lens in the directionshown fig. 18

2) remove the bulb holder A-fig. 19turning it slightly and replace the bulbB.

FRONT FOG LIGHTS

To replace these bulbs contact a Fi-at Dealership.

fig. 18

F0D

0137

m

fig. 19F0

D01

38m

146 IN AN EMERGENCY

THIRD BRAKE LIGHT fig. 23To replace the bulb, proceed as fol-

lows:

1) loosen the two nuts A-fig. 24 setinside the vehicle near the rear ceil-ing light;

4) remove bulbs pushing them slight-ly and turning them anti-clockwise.

5) replace the bulb, refit the bulbholder in the light cluster, reconnectconnector C and refit it all fasteningthe screws without forcing them.

For truck and chassis cab versions:

Unscrew the four screws H-fig. 22and replace the following bulbs:

I - bulb for reversing light

- bulb for rear fog light

L - bulbs for taillight (2)

M - bulb for brake light

N - bulb for direction indicators.

fig. 21

F0D

0072

m

fig. 22F0

D01

09m

fig. 23

F0D

0156

m

fig. 24

F0D

0157

m

147IN AN EMERGENCY

NUMBER PLATE LIGHT

To replace the bulb D-fig. 28 pro-ceed as follows: insert the screwdriv-er in housing A-fig. 27 push the unitrightwards and remove the bulb hold-er B-fig. 28 by pressing tab C. Theglass bulb D is clipped in.

2) disconnect connector B-fig. 25;

3) press the two retaining clips C-fig. 26 and remove the bulb holder;

4) remove the bulb D pushing itslightly and turning it anticlockwise;5) replace the bulb, refit the bulb

holder, reconnect connector B andrefit it all fastening the two bolts with-out forcing them.

fig. 25

F0D

0158

m

fig. 26

F0D

0159

m

fig. 27F0

D01

10m

fig. 28

F0D

0111

m

148 IN AN EMERGENCY

REAR CEILING LIGHTS


1) Remove the clipped-on lens A-fig. 31 with a screwdriver as shown inthe figure.

2) Lift the cover B-fig. 32 and re-move the bulb.

Then, close the cover B and reposi-tion the lens A.

The procedure is the same for pas-senger compartment ceiling lights inPanorama and Combi versions.

IF AN INTERIORLIGHT BURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power re-fer to paragraph “If a bulb burns out”in this section.

FRONT CEILING LIGHT


1) Remove the clipped-on lens A-fig. 29 with a screwdriver as shown inthe figure.

2) Lift cover B-fig. 30 and removethe bulb C.

Then, close the cover B and reposi-tion the lens A.

fig. 29

F0D

0116

m

fig. 30

F0D

0117

mfig. 31

F0D

0118

mfig. 32

F0D

0119

m

149IN AN EMERGENCY

Before changing a fuse,check the ignition key hasbeen removed and that

all the other electric devices havebeen turned off/disabled.

IF A FUSE BLOWS

GENERAL FEATURES

A fuse is an element for protectingthe electrical system. A fuse will trip(i.e. blow) in the event of a failure orimproper interventions in the electri-cal system.If an electric device is not working,

check whether the respective fuse isblown (i.e. the conductor is brokenfig. 33). If required, replace the blownfuse with another with the same am-perage (same colour).

B - Undamaged fuse.C - Fuse with broken filament.Use the tongs D in the fusebox to

extract the fuse.

To locate the fuse, refer to the tableson the following pages.

fig. 33

F0D

0029

m Never replace a brokenfuse with anything otherthan a new fuse. Always

use a fuse of the same colour.

If the fuse blows again,have the vehicle inspected

at a Fiat Dealership.

WARNINGNever change a fuse withanother amperage: FIRE

RISK!

WARNING

Do not attempt to repair ablown MAXI-FUSE. Go to a

Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

150 IN AN EMERGENCY

POSITION OF THE FUSES

Four fuseboxes are provided: twofuseboxes are located at the dash-board ends, one is located in the en-gine compartment (near the air clean-er) and the last one is located on thebattery positive pole A-fig. 34 (CBA).

To reach the first fusebox on the left-hand side of the dashboard (driver’sside; passenger’s side for right-handdrive version), loosen the two screwsA-fig. 35.

Fig. 36 - fusebox on the left-handside (CFB) (driver’s side; passenger’sside for right-hand drive version).

fig. 34

F0D

0172

m

fig. 36

F0D

0141

m

fig. 35

F0D

0144

m

151IN AN EMERGENCY

To reach the second fusebox on theright-hand side of the dashboard (pas-senger’s side; driver’s side for right-hand drive version), loosen the twoscrews B-fig. 37.

fig. 37

F0D

0145

m

fig. 38

F0D

0142

m

Fig. 38 - fusebox on the right-handside (CFO) (passenger’s side; driver’sside for right-hand drive version).

152 IN AN EMERGENCY

To reach the third fusebox (CVM) (fig. 41) in the engine compartment, re-move the protective boot A–fig. 39 then slacken the screw B–fig. 40, releasefastener C and then remove cover D.

fig. 39

F0D

0231

m

fig. 40

F0D

0232

m

fig. 41

F0D

0233

m

153IN AN EMERGENCY

System/Component

CBA (battery fusebox)Body-builders’ current socketAlternatorAlternator (2.0 - 2.0 JTD with heating system)Alternator (2.8 JTD with heating system - 2.0 JTD with climate control system)CVM protectionCFO protectionCFO (optional fusebox under the dashboard on passenger’s side

for LH drive versions, on driver’s side for RH drive versions)Webasto unitAdditional climate controlChronotachographPhone AlarmRemote controlABI for right power windowABI for door lockAlarm blinkerRotating lights (Ambulance versions)Webasto timerABI for left power windowFood box powerAdditional heater fanLeft heated rear windowDoor mirror defrosting deviceRight heated rear windowDriver’s seat warmer

Fuse no.

F 73

F 72F 72F 72F 70F 71

F 61F 56F 34F 34F 34F 34F 48F 38F 60F 63F 58F 47F 59F 57 F 54F 41 F 40F 45

Ampere

70

1257010015080

20301010101020201030520151515101515

Location

Fig. 34

Fig. 34Fig. 34Fig. 34Fig. 34Fig. 34

Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38

154 IN AN EMERGENCY

System/ComponentRear current socketSiren (Ambulance versions)Suction fan (Minibus versions)Current socket for special set-upCFB (main fusebox under the dashboard on driver’s side for LH drive versions, on passenger’s side for RH drive versions)Windscreen washer pumpCigar lighterCab heater fanDirection indicatorsHazard lightsInstrument panelCab lightsEOBD diagnostic socketRear fog lightsRadioFront current socketHeadlight washer pumpFront right-hand side lightRear right-hand side lightFront left-hand side lightRear left-hand side lightNumber plate lightsSide/taillight warning lightControl lightsPCA (Ambulance - Minibus versions)RadioABIDoor power window control

LocationFig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38Fig. 38

Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36 Fig. 36 Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36

Ampere20202010

15153010101010107,51520

155555555107.57.57.5

Fuse no.F 64F 64F 64F 65

F 43F 44F 55F 53F 53F 53F 39F 39F 33F 32F 52F 49F 12F 12F 13F 13F 24F 24F 24F 51F 25F 35F 35

155IN AN EMERGENCY

System/ComponentABS control unitAirbag control unitPower mirrorsCruise controlPhoneChronotachographRemote control AlarmBrake lightsInstrument panelPCCIgnition switchCab fan (with Webasto system)Webasto control unitCab fan (with climate control)

CVM (engine compartment fusebox)Radiator fan low-speed resistor (2.0 with climate control system)Engine control unit (2.0 with climate control system)Engine cooling fan (2.0 with climate control system)Engine control unit (2.0 with climate control system)Engine cooling fan (2.0 with climate control system)Engine control unit (2.0 with climate control system)CFB protectionE.I. primary servicesE.I. primary servicesE.I. secondary servicesHornSteering column stalk control

Fuse no.

F 42F 50F 27F 27F 27F 27F 27F 27F 26F 37F 37F 31F 55F 55F 55

F 06F 06F 06F 06F 07F 07F 01F 17F 22F 11F 10F 10

Ampere7.57.5

7.57.57.57.57.57.57.5101010303030

40404040404060520101515

Location

Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36 Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36Fig. 36

Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41

156 IN AN EMERGENCY

System/Component

Front fog lightsWindscreen wiper motorEngine cooling fan 2nd speedEngine control unit 2nd speedRadiator fan 2nd speed remote switch coil (climate control)Engine cooling fan 1st speed Engine control unit 1st speedCab fan (climate control)ABS control unitIgnition switchGlow plug preheatingRight-hand dipped beam headlightLeft-hand dipped beam headlightE.I. system Fiat codeAutomatic gearbox control unitFiat codeCompressorEngine control unitPTCEngine control unitFuel pumpEngine control unitAutomatic gearbox control unitMain beam headlightsWindscreen washer pump

Fuse no.

F 09F 08F 07F 07F 07F 06F 06F 05F 04F 03F 02F 14F 15F 16F 16F 24F 18F 19F 18F 20F 11F 21F 17F 23F 30F 08

Ampere

1530

40/6040/6040/60

40403050305010107.57.5157.57.57.53010155101530

Location

Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41Fig. 41

157IN AN EMERGENCY

IF THE BATTERYIS FLAT

IMPORTANT Battery rechargingprocedure is given as information on-ly since this operation shall be onlyperformed at a Fiat Dealership.

RECHARGING THE BATTERY

You are advised to recharge the bat-tery slowly for a period of approxi-mately 24 hours at a low amperage.Charging for too long could damagethe battery.

Proceed as follows:

1) disconnect the electrical systemfrom the battery terminals;

IMPORTANT If the vehicle is fit-ted with the alarm system, deactivateit by the remote control (see “Elec-tronic alarm” in chapter “Getting toknow your vehicle”).

JUMP STARTING

See “Jump starting” in this section.

2) connect the charger cables to thebattery terminals;

3) turn the charger on;

4) when you have finished, turn thecharger off before disconnecting thebattery;

5) reconnect the cables to the bat-tery terminals. Make sure the polari-ty is correct.

The liquid in the battery ispoisonous and corrosive.

Do not let it touch the skin or eyes.Recharging the battery should bedone in a well-ventilated area awayfrom naked flames or possiblesources of sparks: explosion and firerisk.

WARNING

Do not attempt to rechargea frozen battery. Thaw it

first otherwise it could explode. Ifthe battery froze, make sure the in-ternal elements are not broken(short-circuit risk) and that the cas-ing is not cracked (risk of spillingthe poisonous and corrosive fluid.

WARNING

158 IN AN EMERGENCY

JACKINGTHE VEHICLE

WITH THE JACK

See “If a tyre is punctured”, in thissection.

Please note:

– the jack requires no adjustments;

– the jack cannot be repaired. If itbreaks it must be replaced with a newjack;

– no other tool, apart from the ex-tension and the ratchet wrench shownin section “If a tyre is punctured” canbe fitted to the jack.

fig. 41

F0D

0200

m

Do not use the jack to liftloads exceeding that indi-

cated on the label attached to thejack.

WARNING

The jack should only beused to change a wheel on

the vehicle for which it was de-signed. It should not be put to oth-er uses or employed to raise othermodels. Under no circumstancesshould it be used when carrying outrepairs under the vehicle.

WARNING

Never start the enginewhen the vehicle is jacked

up.

WARNINGAn incorrectly positionedjack may cause the vehicle

to fall.

WARNING

If you are towing a trailer,remove the trailer before

jacking up the vehicle.

WARNING

159IN AN EMERGENCY

WITH A SHOP JACK

The vehicle can be raised on a shopjack if it is empty. This is only possi-ble from the side by placing the jack atthe points provided in the underbodyas indicated in fig. 41.

WITH AN ARM HOIST

The vehicle must be raised by plac-ing the ends of the arms at the pointsindicated in fig. 41.

TOWING THE VEHICLEThe vehicle has two eyes for an-

choring the tow hitch fig. 42.

A - Front eye

B - Rear eye (for towing another ve-hicle).

fig. 42F0

D01

77m

Before starting to tow, turnthe ignition key to MAR

and then to STOP. Do not removethe key. If the key is removed, thesteering lock engages automatical-ly which prevents the wheels beingturned.

WARNING

While the vehicle is beingtowed with the engine off,

remember that the brake pedal andsteering will require more effort asyou no longer have the benefit ofthe power brakes and power steer-ing. Do not use flexible cables totow. Avoid jerking. Whilst towing,ensure that coupling to the vehicledoes not damage the surroundingcomponents.

WARNING

160 IN AN EMERGENCY

IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS

– It is important to keep calm.

– If you are not directly involved inthe accident, stop at least ten metresaway from the accident.

– If you are on a motorway, do notobstruct the emergency lane withyour vehicle.

– Turn the engine off and the haz-ard lights on.

– At night, illuminate the scene of theaccident with your headlights.

– Act carefully, you must not risk be-ing run over.

– Mark the accident by putting thered triangle at the regulatory distancefrom the vehicle where it can be clear-ly see.

– If the doors are blocked, do not at-tempt to smash the windscreen to getout of the vehicle. It is made of layeredglass and is very hard. Side and rearwindows are much more easily bro-ken.

VEHICLE WITH AUTOMATICGEARBOX

If towing is not due to gearbox faults,proceed as follows:

– gearshift lever to N;

– do not exceed 50 km/h;

– the vehicle should not be towedfor more than 200 km.

If towing is due to gearbox faults orthe vehicle should be towed for morethan 200 km, tow the vehicle raisingthe front wheels from the ground.

– Call for rescue making the infor-mation you give as accurate as youcan.On the motorway use the specialcolumn-mounted emergency phones.

– In pile-ups on the motorway, par-ticularly when the visibility is bad,there is a high risk of other vehiclesrunning into those alreadystopped.Get out of the vehicle imme-diately and take refuge behind theguard rail.

– Remove the ignition keys from thevehicles involved.

– If you can smell petrol or otherchemicals, do not smoke and makesure all cigarettes are extinguished.

– Use a fire extinguisher, blanket, sandor earth to put out fires no matter howsmall they are. Never use water.

When towing the vehicleyou must comply with the

specific traffic regulations regard-ing the tow hitch and how to towon the road.

WARNING

161IN AN EMERGENCY

FIRST-AID KIT

It is a good idea to keep a fire extin-guisher and blanket in the vehicle inaddition to the first-aid kit.

IF ANYONE IS INJURED

– Never leave the injured personalone. The obligation to provide as-sistance exists even for those not di-rectly involved in the accident;

– Do not congregate around the in-jured person.

– Reassure the injured person thathelp is on its way and will arrive soon.Stay close by to calm him/her down incase of panic.

– Unfasten or cut seat belts holdinginjured parties.

– Do not give an injured person any-thing to drink.

– Do not move an injured person un-less the following situations arise.

– Pull the injured person from the ve-hicle only if it risks catching fire, it issinking in water or is likely to fall overa cliff or similar.Do not pull his/herarms or legs, do not bend the headand, as far as possible, keep the bodyhorizontal.

162 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

VVEEHHIICCLLEE MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE

SCHEDULEDSERVICING

Correct maintenance of the vehicleis essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition for a long time to come.This is why Fiat has programmed anumber of service checks and opera-tions carried out every 30,000 kilo-metres.

It is however important to remem-ber that "Scheduled Servicing" is notall your vehicle requires. Regularchecks - also in the initial period be-fore the 30,000 kilometre coupon andlater between coupons - ordinary careis required, such as checking fluid lev-els and topping up, checking tyre in-flation pressure, checking cleanness ofbonnet and boot locks, cleaning andlubricating levers, etc...

If it is seen that further replacementsor repairs are necessary in addition tothe work being carried out, these willonly be done after the customer hasgiven his/her consent.

IMPORTANT You are recom-mended to get in touch with a FiatDealership immediately if any smallrunning problems crop up withoutwaiting for the next coupon.

If the vehicle is fre-quently used to tow trail-ers, carry out the sched-

uled service operations more fre-quently than shown.

IMPORTANT The Manufacturerrequires the Service Schedule couponrelated checks to be carried out. Fail-ure to do so could result in the war-ranty being cancelled for those defectsthat can be attributed to such failure.

Scheduled Servicing is performed atall Fiat Dealerships and there is a settime scale for such operations.

163VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

SERVICE SCHEDULE

thousands of kilometres

Check tyre conditions and wear and adjust pressure, if required

Check lighting system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, load compartment light, ceiling lights, warning lights, etc.)

Check windscreen wiper/washer operation, adjust nozzles

Check windscreen/rear window wiper blade position/wear

Check front and rear (where fitted) disc brake pad conditions and wear

Check rear drum brake linings conditions and wear (where fitted)

Inspect conditions and soundness of: – outer bodywork and underbody protection; – piping (exhaust - fuel feed and brakes)– rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushings, etc.)– fuel feed and braking system hosing

Check tension and conditions of various control belts and adjust, if required(excluding engines with automatic belt tighteners)

Check accelerator pedal stroke and adjust, if required

Check handbrake lever stroke and adjust, if required

Check tappet clearance and adjust, if required (2.8 JTD version)

Check tappet clearance and adjust, if required (petrol versions)

Check exhaust emissions

30 60 90 120 150 180

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●


thousands of kilometres

Replace fuel filter cartridge (Diesel versions)

Replace air cleaner cartridge (Diesel versions)

Replace air cleaner cartridge (petrol versions)

Replace spark plugs (petrol versions)

Top up fluids (engine coolant, brakes, power steering, battery, windscreen washer, etc.)

Check timing belt conditions (***)

Replace timing belt and various control belts (or every 48 months) (*)

Check engine control systems via diagnostic socket

Change gearbox - transmission - rear axle oil (4WD version)

Check gearbox/differential oil level (automatic transmission)

Change engine oil (**)

Replace engine oil filter (**)

Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)

Replace pollen filter (or every 12 months)

(*) Replace every 240,000 km or every 60 months for 2.3 JTD versions.

(**) Change/replace engine oil filter and oil every 40,000 km for 2.3 JTD versions

(***) Every 120,000 km for 2.3 JTD versions

30 60 90 120 150 180

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ●

●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●


ANNUALINSPECTIONSCHEDULE

The following annual inspectionschedule is required for vehicles trav-elling 15,000 Km approx. a year. Theschedule includes the following oper-ations:

– check tyre condition and wear andadjust pressure, if required (includingspare wheel);

– check operation of lights (head-lights, direction indicators, hazardlights, boot light, passenger compart-ment light, instrument panel lights,etc.);

– check windscreen wiper/washerand adjust nozzles;

– check position and wear of wind-screen/rear window wiper blades;

– check front pad conditions andwear;

– check for bonnet and boot lockcleanness, lever cleanness and lubri-cation;

– inspect conditions of: engine, gear-box, transmission, piping (exhaust, fu-el feed, brakes), rubber parts (boots,sleeves, bushings, etc.), brake and fu-el line hoses;

– check battery charge status;

– check conditions of various controlbelts;

– check and top up fluid levels (en-gine coolant, brakes, windscreenwasher, battery, etc.);

– check and top up engine oil;

– replace pollen filter.

ADDITIONALCHECKS

Every 1,000 km or before longtrips, check and top up as necessary:

– engine coolant level

– brake fluid level

– power steering fluid level

– battery electrolyte level

– windscreen washer fluid

– tyre pressure and conditions.

Every 3,000 km or before longtrips, check and top up as necessary:engine oil

Every 10,000 km or at c warninglight coming on (diesel engines only):bleed water from fuel filter.

You are recommended to use FLSelenia products designed and pro-duced for Fiat vehicles (see the “Ca-pacities” table in the “Technical Spec-ifications” section).


IMPORTANT - Pollen filter

If the vehicle is often used in dustyor extremely polluted environments,you should change the filter elementmore frequently. It should be changedespecially if the amount of air intro-duced into the passenger compart-ment has decreased.

IMPORTANT - Diesel filter

Refuelling with diesel fuel not com-plying with the grade of purity pre-scribed by European SpecificationEN590 might make it necessary to re-place the filter more frequently thanindicated in the Service Schedule.

IMPORTANT - Battery

The charge in your battery should bechecked, where possible at the startof the winter, to limit the risk of thebattery electrolyte freezing.

This check should be carried outmore frequently if the vehicle is mainlyused for short trips or if it is fittedwith accessories that permanentlytake in electricity even when the igni-tion key is removed, especially in thecase of after market accessories.

You should check the battery fluid(electrolyte) level more frequentlythan shown in the Service Schedule ifthe vehicle is used in hot climates orparticularly demanding conditions.

IMPORTANT As concerns Camp-ing Car versions, due to high electricabsorption, observe indications rele-vant to battery contained in para-graphs "Vehicle storage" (section"Getting the best out of your vehicle")and "Battery – Checking the charge"(section "Vehicle maintenance").

Maintenance of your ve-hicle should be entrustedto a Fiat Dealership. For

ordinary routine maintenanceoperations which you are able tocarry out yourself, ensure thatyou have the necessary tools andoriginal Fiat spare parts and flu-ids available. Do not carry outservicing operations if you haveno experience.

IMPORTANT - Engine oil

Change the engine oil more fre-quently than shown in the ServiceSchedule if the vehicle is normally dri-ven in one of the following particular-ly severe conditions:

– towing a trailer

– on dusty roads

– short distances (less than 7-8 km)repeated and with external tempera-tures below zero.

– frequently idling engines or longdistance low speed driving (e. g. taxisor door-to-door deliveries) or in caseof a long term inactivity replace engineoil more frequently than required onScheduled Maintenance Plan.

IMPORTANT - Air cleaner

Replace the air cleaner more fre-quently if the vehicle is used on dustyroads.

If you are in doubt about how oftenthe engine oil or the air cleaner shouldbe changed in relation to how you usethe vehicle, contact a Fiat Dealer-ship.


1. Engine oil - 2. Battery - 3. Brake fluid - 4. Windscreen washer fluid - 5. Enginecoolant - 6. Power steering fluid

F0D

0103

m

fig. 2 - 2.0 JTD versions

F0D

0102

m

fig. 1 - Petrol engine versions

CHECKINGFLUID LEVELS

Be careful not to mix upthe various types of fluidswhen you are topping up:

they are mutually incompatibleand could damage the vehicle.

Do not smoke while work-ing in the engine compart-

ment: the presence of flammablegas and vapour could cause a fire.

WARNING

Scarves, ties and otherloose articles of clothing

could easily get caught up in mov-ing parts. This can be extremelydangerous for the wearer.

WARNING




F0D

0210

m

fig. 3 - 2.3 JTD versions

F0D

0182

m

fig. 4 - 2.8 JTD - 2.8 JTD POWER versions


Do not add oil with dif-ferent specifications fromthe oil already in the en-

gine.

ENGINE OILFig. 5: 2.0 versionsFig. 6: 2.0 JTD versionsFig. 7: 2.3 JTD versionsFig. 8: 2.8 JTD - 2.8 JTD POWER

versionsCheck engine oil with the vehicle on

level ground and while the engine isstill warm (approximately 10 minutesafter stopping the engine). The oillevel should be included between theMIN and MAX reference lines onthe dipstick.The gap between MIN and MAX

reference lines corresponds to ap-proximately 2 litres oil.The oil level must never exceed the

MAX line.

If the oil level is near or even belowthe MIN line, pour in oil through thefiller hole until it reaches the MAXline.

fig. 5

F0D

0063

m

fig. 6F0

D00

64m

fig. 7

F0D

0211

m

fig. 8

F0D

0183

m

Be very careful under thebonnet: you risk burning

yourself. Remember that when theengine is hot, the fan can start upand cause injuries.

WARNING IMPORTANT After topping up orchanging the oil, let the engine turnfor a few seconds and wait a few min-utes after stopping it before you checkthe level.


Engine oil consumption

Maximum engine oil consumption isapprox. 450 grams every 1000 Km.

During the beginning of the vehicle’slife the engine is tuning in. Engine oilconsumption can only be consideredstabilised after the first 5,000 - 6,000km.

IMPORTANT Engine oil consump-tion depends on the conditions the ve-hicle is being used in.

ENGINE COOLANT

Check coolant level when the engineis cold. The level should be includedbetween the MIN and MAX refer-ence lines on the reservoir.

If the level is low, loosen the expan-sion tank cap A-fig. 9 and top upslowly through the filler with the flu-id specified in “Fluids and lubricants”table in section “Technical Specifica-

tions”, until the level approaches theMAX line; contact Fiat Dealershipfor this operation.

Coolant mixture gives freeze pro-tection to – 40°C.

Used engine oil and re-placed oil filters containsubstances which can

harm the environment. We rec-ommend you have the vehicleseen at a Fiat Dealership for theoil and filter change. It is suitablyequipped for disposing of used oiland filters in an environmentally-friendly way that complies withthe law.

fig. 9

F0D

0065

m

The cooling system is pres-surised. If necessary, re-

place the cap with a genuine sparepart to avoid compromising the sys-tem efficiency.

WARNING

Do not remove the reservoircap when the engine is hot:

you risk scalding yourself.

WARNING

Top up only with thesame fluid contained inthe cooling circuit.

PARAFLU UP (red) cannot bemixed with PARAFLU 11 (blue)or with other fluids. Should thistake place, donot start the engineand contact Fiat Dealership.


WINDSCREEN WASHERFLUID

To add fluid, remove cap A-fig. 10from the reservoir and slowly pour ina mixture of water and TUTELAPROFESSIONAL SC35 fluid in thefollowing concentrations:– 30% of TUTELA PROFES-

SIONAL SC35 and 70% of water insummer.– 50% of TUTELA PROFES-

SIONAL SC35 and 50% of water inwinter.

If the temperature falls below –20°C,use TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC35 undiluted.

POWER STEERINGFLUID

Check the oil level when the engineis cold. It should be slightly under thereference line on the reservoir.

When the oil is hot, the level can ex-ceed the reference line.

When topping up, remove the reser-voir cap A-fig. 11 and make sure thatthe oil has the same specifications asthe oil in the system.

Oil consumption is ex-tremely low. If the oillevel needs topping up

again after a short period oftime, have the system checkedfor leakage at a Fiat Dealership.

fig. 10

F0D

0068

m

fig. 11

F0D

0066

m

Do not let the power steer-ing fluid come into contact

with hot engine parts. It catches firevery easily.

WARNINGSome windscreen washeradditives on the market are

flammable. The engine compart-ment contains hot parts whichcould ignite the fluid in the event ofcontact.

WARNING

Do not travel with the wind-screen washer reservoir

empty. The windscreen washer isfundamental for improving visibility.

WARNING


BRAKE FLUID

Loosen plug A-fig. 12 and checkthat the level of the fluid in the reser-voir is at the maximum

Check at regular intervals that thelevel of the fluid in the reservoir is atthe maximum.

Use only DOT 4 fluid only for top-ping up. We recommend TUTELATOP 4 that the braking system wasoriginally filled with.

IMPORTANT Brake fluid is hy-groscopic (meaning it absorbs humid-ity). This is why the fluid should bechanged more frequently than shownin the Service Schedule if the vehicleis mainly driven in areas with a highpercentage of humidity in the air.

Make sure that thehighly corrosive brakefluid does not drip onto

the paintwork. If it does, wash itoff immediately with water.

fig. 12

F0D

0067

m

The symbol π on the con-tainer indicates synthetic

brake fluid distinguishing it frommineral fluid. Using mineral typefluid would damage the special rub-ber braking system gaskets beyondrepair.

WARNING

Brake fluid is poisonousand very corrosive. In the

event of accidental contact, washthe affected part with water andmild soap and rinse. If the fluid isswallowed, call a doctor immedi-ately.

WARNING


AIR CLEANER

REPLACEMENT

Unscrew the screws A-fig. 13 andremove cap B.

Remove the filtering element C-fig. 14 to be replaced.

fig. 13

F0D

0295

m

fig. 14

F0D

0070

m

POLLEN FILTER

Have the filter changed at the fre-quency specified in the Service Sched-ule.

Have the change made at a FiatDealership.

IMPORTANT If the vehicle is of-ten used in dusty or extremely pol-luted environments, you shouldchange the filter more frequently. Itshould be changed especially if theamount of air introduced into the pas-senger compartment has decreased.

DIESEL FILTER

DRAINING THE CONDENSATION

The presence of water inthe fuel feed circuit canseverely damage the in-

jection system and make the en-gine misfire. Go to a Fiat Dealer-ship as soon as possible when thecwarning light comes on to havethe bleeding operation carriedout. If the warning light comes onimmediately after refuelling, wa-ter is probably present in thetank: turn the engine off imme-diately and contact Fiat Dealer-ship.


REPLACING THE BATTERY

If required, replace the battery witha genuine spare part presenting thesame specifications. If a battery withdifferent specifications is fitted, the fre-quencies shown in the “Service Sched-ule” will no longer be valid. Refer tothe instructions provided by the bat-tery manufacturer.

Batteries contain sub-stances that are veryharmful for the environ-

ment. You are advised to have thebattery changed at a Fiat Dealer-ship. It is properly equipped fordisposing of used batteries in anenvironmentally-friendly way thatcomplies with the law.

Incorrect fitting of elec-trical and electronic ac-cessories can seriously

damage the vehicle. If you wantto add accessories after buyingthe vehicle antitheft system, ra-dio, free-hand phone kit, etc.) vis-it a Fiat Dealership. They can sug-gest the most suitable acces-sories to get and check whetherthe electric system can supportthe required load or whether ahigher capacity battery is re-quired.

The liquid in the battery ispoisonous and corrosive.

Do not let it touch the skin or eyes.Do not bring naked flames or pos-sible sources or sparks near the bat-tery: risk of fire and explosion.

WARNING

fig. 15

F0D

0244

m

BATTERY

Fiat Ducato battery is of the “Limit-ed maintenance” and is fitted with in-dicator A-fig. 15 to check the elec-trolyte level and the charge.

Under normal conditions of use itdoes not require topping up with dis-tilled water. However, check it peri-odically through the control optical in-dicator that is placed on the batterycover and must be dark with a cen-tral green area.

If the indicator is a bright colour, ordark without the green central area,contact a Fiat Dealership.


When working on the bat-tery or near it, always wear

the proper goggles.

WARNING

Running the battery withlow fluid level can damage

the battery beyond repair andcould also cause its explosion.

WARNING

If the vehicle is to stand fora long time in the cold, re-

move the battery and store it in awarm place to avoid it freezing.

WARNING CHECKING THE CHARGE

The battery charge may be checkedsatisfactorily through the indicator andacting according to the colour the in-dicator shows.

Refer to the table below or to the la-bel B-fig. 15 on the battery.

USEFUL ADVICE FOR LENGTHENING THE LIFE OFYOUR BATTERYWhen you park the vehicle, ensure

the doors are closed properly. Theceiling lights must be off.Do not keep accessories (e.g.: sound

system, hazard lights, etc.) switchedon for a long time when the engine isnot running.IMPORTANT A battery which is

kept at a charge of less than 50% forany length of time will be damaged bysulphation leading to a reduction incranking power and a higher risk of thebattery electrolyte freezing (this mayeven occur at –10 °C).

Bright white colour

Dark colour without green area in the centre

Dark colour with green area in the centre

Top up electrolyte

Low charge level

Electrolyte level and charge sufficient

Contact aFiat Dealership

Charge the battery (advisable to contact a Fiat

Dealership)

No action


Furthermore, remember that high in-take electric devices (such as baby bot-tle warmers, vacuum cleaners, cellularphones, mini-fridges, etc.) poweredwhen the engine is off can deploythe battery.

IMPORTANT When installing ad-ditional systems on the vehicle, bearin mind that improper branches onconnections of the vehicle wiring aredangerous, particularly if safety devicesare involved.

Battery

60 Ah

88 Ah

100 Ah

The total intake of these systems(factory and after-market) must beless than 0.6 mA x Ah (of the bat-tery) as shown in the following table:

Maximum admitted stand-by

intake

36 mA

52.8 mA

60 mA

If the vehicle is inactive for a long pe-riod of time, refer to the “Vehicle stor-age” paragraph in section “Getting thebest out of you vehicle”.

Before performing any operation onthe electrical system, disconnect thebattery negative cable.

Battery terminals shall always beperfectly separated.If you want to add accessories after

buying the vehicle (antitheft system,free-hand phone kit, radio navigator,etc.) visit a Fiat Dealership. Theycan suggest the most suitable acces-sories to get and check whether theelectric system can support therequired load or whether a highercapacity battery is required.These devices will, in fact, run off

the battery even when the key is notinserted (vehicle parked, engine off).


ELECTRONICCONTROL UNITWhen the vehicle is being used nor-

mally, special measures are not nec-essary.The following instructions must be

followed very carefully however, ifyou work on the electrical system orin cases where emergency starting isnecessary:– never disconnect the battery from

the electric system while the engine isrunning;– disconnect the battery from the

electric system if you are recharging it;– never perform emergency starting

with a battery charger. Always use anauxiliary battery;– be particularly careful when con-

necting the battery to the electric sys-tem. Make sure that the polarity iscorrect and that the connection is ef-ficient;– do not connect or disconnect the

terminals of the electronic units whilethe ignition key is at MAR;– do not check polarity through

sparking;

– disconnect the electronic controlunits if you are electrically welding thevehicle body. Remove the units if tem-peratures exceed 80 °C (special op-erations on the bodywork, etc.).

IMPORTANT If the sound systemor vehicle alarm systems are not in-stalled correctly, they can interferewith the working of the electroniccontrol units.

Modifications or repairs tothe electrical system car-

ried out incorrectly and withoutbearing the features of the systemin mind can cause malfunctionswith the risk of fire.

WARNING

SPEED LIMITER

On certain version, the injection con-trol unit is set to limit the vehiclespeed at a max. preset limit.

Speed limits are the following:

– for Minibus versions (M2 homolo-gation category): 100 km/h;

– for good Transport versions (ve-hicle dead weight: > 3.5 t) (N2 ho-mologation category): 90 km/h;

Label (fig.16) with admitted topspeed (90 or 100 km/h according toversions) is applied on the wind-screen.

This limit has been established by Eu-ropean Directive 2002/85/EC, what-ever violation is therefore punishableby law.

IMPORTANT When the devicecomes into action, the speed valuedisplayed on the instrument panelcould be approx. 10% higher than theactual one.

fig. 16F0

D02

99m


WHEELS ANDTYRES

Check the pressure of each tyre, in-cluding the spare, every two weeksand before long journeys.

The pressure must be checked whenthe tyre is rested and cold.

It is normal for pressure to risewhen you are driving. If you have tocheck or restore the pressure whenthe tyres are warm, remember thatthe pressure value must be 0.3 barabove the specified value.

See “Wheels” in “Technical specifi-cations” chapter for the correct tyreinflation pressure.

Wrong pressure causes unevenwear of the tyres fig. 17:

A - correct pressure: tyre wearsevenly

B - under-inflated tyre: shouldertread wear

C - over-inflated tyre: centre treadwear.

IMPORTANT As far as possibleavoid sharp braking and screech starts.

Be careful not to hit the kerb, pot-holes or other obstacles. Driving forlong stretches over bumpy roads candamage the tyres.

Periodically check that the tyres haveno cuts in the side wall, abnormalswelling or irregular tyre wear. If anyof these occur, have the vehicle seento at a Fiat Dealership.

Avoid overloading your vehicle: thiscan seriously damage wheels or tyres.

If you get a flat tyre, stop immedi-ately and change it so as not to dam-age the tyre, the wheel, the suspen-sion and the steering.

fig. 17F0

D00

27m

If the pressure is too low,the tyre overheats and this

can cause it serious damage.

WARNING

Tyre pressure must be cor-rect to ensure good road

holding.

WARNING

Tyres must be replaced when thetread wears down to 1.6 mm. In anycase, comply with the laws in the coun-try where the vehicle is being driven.


Tyres age even if they are not usedvery much. Cracking of the tread rub-ber and the side walls are a sign of thisageing. In any case, if the tyres havebeen fitted for more than six yearsthey should be examined by an expertwho can judge whether they are stillfit for use. Remember to check thespare tyre particularly carefully too.

If a replacement is necessary, alwaysuse new tyres and avoid using onesthe origin of which you are not cer-tain about.

The Ducato uses tubeless tyres. Un-der no circumstances use an innertube with these tyres.

If you replace a tyre it is a good ideato change the inflation valve, too.

To ensure the front and rear tyres allwear evenly, you are advised to changethe tyres over every 10 - 15 thousandkilometres keeping them on the sameside of the vehicle so as not to reversethe direction of rotation.

RUBBER TUBING

Follow the Service Schedule carefullyin the case of braking and fuel supplysystem rubber tubing.

Ozone, high temperatures and longabsence of fluid in the system can infact cause the hardening and crackingof the pipes with possible loss of fluid.A careful check is therefore essential.Do not change the tyres

over in criss-cross fashionby moving a tyre from the left-handside of the vehicle to the right andvice versa.

WARNING

Never submit alloy rims torepainting treatments re-

quiring to use temperatures ex-ceeding 150°C since the mechani-cal properties of the wheels couldbe impaired.

WARNING


WINDSCREENWIPER

BLADES

Periodically clean the rubber partwith suitable products. We recom-mend TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC35.

Change the blades if the rubber edgeis warped or worn out. You should inany case change them approximatelyonce a year.

Changing the windscreen wiper blade

1) Lift windscreen wiper arm A-fig. 18 off the glass and position theblade so as to form a right angle withthe arm.

2) Press tab B on the retainer andremove the blade to be replaced fromarm A .

3) Fit the new blade by inserting thetab into the special slot in the arm.Make sure it is properly locked intoplace.

fig. 18

F0D

0123

m

Some simple steps can reduce po-tential damage to the blades:

– if the temperature falls to belowzero, make sure the rubber blade isnot frozen to the windscreen. If nec-essary, free it with a de-icing com-pound;

– remove any snow that has settledon the glass: besides saving the bladesyou will avoid straining the electricwindscreen wiper motor and causingit to overheat;

– do not operate the windscreen orrear window wipers on dry glass.

Travelling with worn wiperblades is dangerous be-

cause it reduces visibility in badweather.

WARNING


SPRAY NOZZLES

Windscreen washer

If there is no jet of liquid, first makesure that there is liquid in the reser-voir: see “Checking fluid levels” in thissection. Then make sure that theholes in the nozzles are not cloggedup fig. 19. Use a pin to open the noz-zles if necessary. The windscreen jetsare directed by adjusting the inclina-tion of nozzles. Direct the spray sothat it reaches the highest pointreached by the brushes.

Headlight washer

If there is no jet of liquid, first makesure that there is liquid in the reser-voir. Then make sure that the holesin the nozzles fig. 20 are not cloggedup. Use a pin to open the nozzles ifnecessary.

BODYWORK

PROTECTING THE VEHICLEFROM ATMOSPHERICAGENTS

The main causes of rust are:

– atmospheric pollution;

– salt and humidity in the atmos-phere (coastal or very hot and humidareas);

– environmental conditions that arespecific to the season.

In addition, the abrasiveness of dustin the atmosphere and sand carried bythe wind as well as mud and stoneskicked up by other vehicles must notbe underestimated.

For your vehicle, Fiat has used lead-ing-edge technological solutions to ef-fectively protect the body from rust.

These are the most important:

– painting systems and products thatmake the vehicle particularly resistantto rust and scratching;

fig. 20F0

D01

22m

fig. 19

F0D

0125

m


– the use of zinc-plated sheet steelwhich is highly resistant to rust;

– the spraying of the underbody, en-gine compartment, inside the wheel-houses and other parts with wax-based products with a high protectivecapacity;

– spraying plastic-coating materialsto protect the most exposed points:under the door, inside the wings, theedges, etc.;

– the use of “open” box sections toprevent condensation and water frombuilding up and rusting the inside ofthe parts.

BODY AND UNDERBODY WARRANTY

Your Ducato is covered by warrantyagainst any original structural or bodypart being perforated by rust. Refer tothe Warranty Booklet for the generalterms.

TIPS FOR KEEPING THE BODYIN GOOD CONDITIONS

Paintwork

The paintwork is not only to makeyour vehicle look attractive but alsoto protect the steel.

If the paint is scuffed or scratcheddeeply you are therefore advised totouch up as necessary to prevent rustfrom forming.

Only use genuine products whentouching up the paintwork (see sec-tion “Technical Specifications”).

Ordinary maintenance of the paint-work means washing it. The frequencyyou should do this depends on theconditions and the environment thevehicle is driven in.

For example:

– areas with a high level of air-pollu-tion;

– roads sprinkled with road saltwash;

– parking under trees which dropresin. In these cases, wash your vehi-cle more frequently.

To wash the vehicle properly:

1) wash the body using a low pres-sure jet of water;

2) wipe a sponge with a slightlysoapy solution over the bodywork,frequently rinsing the sponge;

3) rinse well with water and drywith a jet of air or a chamois leather.

When drying the vehicle, be carefulto get at those parts which are not soeasily seen, e.g. the door frames, bon-net and around the headlights wherewater can most readily collect. Youshould leave the vehicle out in theopen so that any water remaining canevaporate more easily.


Do not wash the vehicle after it hasbeen parked in the sun or while thebonnet is hot: it could take the shineoff the paint.

Outside plastic parts must becleaned following the usual vehiclewashing procedure.

Where possible avoid parking thevehicle under trees; the resinous sub-stances that certain species of treeshed dull the paintwork and increasethe possibility of rust forming.

To better protect the paintwork,polish with protective wax from timeto time, that leaves a protective layeron the paintwork.

When the paintwork tends to loseits shine because of the build-up ofsmog, use a wax (polish) which has aslightly abrasive as well as protectiveaction.

Front headlights

IMPORTANT Never use aromat-ic substances (e.g.: petrol) or ketones(e.g.: acetone) for cleaning front head-light plastic lens.

Windows

Use specific window cleaners toclean the windows. Use very cleancloths to avoid scratching the glass ordamaging its transparency.

IMPORTANT To prevent damageto the electric heater element, wipethe inside of the heated rear window(where fitted) gently in the same di-rection as the elements.

Engine compartment

At the end of each winter season,carefully clean the engine compart-ment. Have this done at a garage.

IMPORTANT The engine com-partment should be washed while theengine is cold and with the ignition keyat STOP. After washing, make surethat the various protections (e.g. rub-ber boots and various guards) havenot be removed or damaged.

Detergents pollute wa-ter. For this reason, thevehicle must be washed

in an area equipped for the col-lection and purification of the liq-uids used while washing.

IMPORTANT Bird droppingsmust be washed off immediately andwith great care as their acid is partic-ularly aggressive.

Detergents pollute wa-ter. The vehicle musttherefore be washed in an

area equipped for the collectionand purification of the liquidsused while washing.


INTERIORS

From time to time check that waterhas not collected under the mats(from dripping shoes, umbrellas, etc.)which could cause the steel to rust.

CLEANING SEATS AND FABRICS

Remove dust with a soft brush andvacuum cleaner. For velvet seats usea damp brush.

Brush the seats with a damp spongewith water and neutral soap.

PLASTIC PARTS INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Clean plastic parts with damp clothwith water and non-abrasive neutralsoap. To remove grease or hardstains, use special solvent-free prod-ucts designed not to alter the appear-ance and colour of components.

IMPORTANT Do not use alcoholor petrol to clean the instrumentpanel.

Never use flammable prod-ucts (petroleum ether or

petrol) to clean the inside of the ve-hicle. Electrostatic charges gener-ated by rubbing while cleaningcould cause fires.

WARNING

Do not keep aerosol cans inthe vehicle. There is the risk

they might explode. Aerosol cansmust never be exposed to a tem-perature above 50°C; when theweather starts to get hot the tem-perature inside the vehicle might gowell beyond that figure.

WARNING

185TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

TTEECCHHNNIICCAALL SSPPEECCIIFF IICCAATTIIOONNSS

VEHICLEIDENTIFICATIONDATA

CHASSIS MARKING fig. 1

This is stamped on the wheelhousenear the passenger seat. It can bereached by lifting the special plasticflap in the carpeting over the wheelarch and it includes:

– vehicle model ZFA 244.000

– chassis serial number.

ENGINE MARKING

The marking is stamped on the cylin-der block and includes the model andthe serial number.

See the following pages for the en-gine codes together with the body-work codes.

MODEL PLATE

The model plate fig. 2 includes thefollowing identification data:

A - Manufacturer’s name

B - Homologation number

C - Vehicle type code

D - Vehicle ID code (Chassis serialnumber)

fig. 1

F0D

0126

m

fig. 2

F0D

0026

m

186 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

E - Maximum vehicle weight fullyloaded

F - Maximum vehicle weight fullyloaded with trailer

G - Maximum vehicle weight onfront axle

H - Maximum vehicle weight on rearaxle

I - Engine type

L - Body version code

M - Smoke opacity index (for dieselengines).

This plate is fastened to the frontcrossmember in the engine compart-ment A-fig. 3.

BODYWORK PAINTIDENTIFICATION PLATE

The plate A-fig. 4 is set on the left-hand inner side of the bonnet.

It bears the following data fig. 5:

A - Paint manufacturer

B - Colour name

C - Fiat colour code

D - Respray and touch up code.

fig. 3

F0D

0188

m

fig. 4F0

D01

89m

fig. 5

F0D

0025

m


ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS

Version 11

Van short wheelbase

Van short wheelbase

Van medium wheelbase

Van high sided medium wheelbase

Van high sided medium wheelbase

Truck medium wheelbase

Truck short wheelbase

Chassis cab short wheelbase

Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car

Chassis cab medium wheelbase

Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car

Transport ambulance short wheelbase

Panorama short wheelbase

Combi 6 seater short wheelbase

Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase

Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car

Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase

Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car

Van short wheelbase

Van short wheelbase

Van medium wheelbase

Engine

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0 JTD

2.0 JTD

2.0 JTD

Engine code

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RFL

RHV

RHV

RHV

Bodyworkversion

244ATMFA AX

244ATMFA BX

244ATMFB AX

244ATMNB AX

244ATMNB BX

244ATMDB AX

244ATMDA AX

244ATMAA AX

244ATMAA AXC

244ATMAB AX

244ATMAB AXC

244ATMTA AX

244ATMPA 00

244ATMRA 01

244ATMCA AX

244ATMCA AXC

244ATMCB AX

244ATMCB AXC

244AAMFA AX

244AAMFA BX

244AAMFB AX


Version 11

Van high sided medium wheelbaseVan high sided medium wheelbaseChassis cab short wheelbaseChassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car Truck short wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed short wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cowl short wheelbaseChassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cab medium wheelbaseChassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car Truck medium wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping CarPanorama short wheelbaseCombi 6 seater short wheelbaseCombi short wheelbase low roofCombi medium wheelbase low roofChassis cowl short wheelbase “city centre”Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase “city centre”Truck short wheelbase “city centre”Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase “city centre”Truck medium wheelbase “city centre”Van short wheelbase low roof “city centre”Van short wheelbase high roof “city centre”Van medium wheelbase low roof “city centre”Van medium wheelbase high sided “city centre”Van medium wheelbase extra high “city centre”Van short wheelbase low roof (9 q)

Engine

2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD

Engine code

RHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHV

Bodyworkversion

244AAMNB AX244AAMNB BX244AAMAA AX

244AAMAA AXC244AAMDA AX244AAMCA AX

244AAMCA AXC244AAMBA AX

244AAMBA AXC244AAMAB AX

244AAMAB AXC244AAMDB AX244AAMCB AX

244AAMCB AXC244AAMPA 02244AAMRA 03244AAMFA ZX244AAMRB 26244AAMRA 03244DAMBA AX244DAMCA AX244DAMDA AX244DAMCB AX244DAMDB AX244DAMFA AX244DAMFA BX244DAMFB AX244DAMNB AX244DAMNB BX


Version 11

Van short wheelbase high roof (9 q)Van medium wheelbase low roof (9 q)Van medium wheelbase high sided (9 q)Van medium wheelbase extra high (9 q)Van short wheelbase low roof without EGR (9 q)Van short wheelbase high roof without EGR (9 q)Van short wheelbase high sided without EGR (9 q)Van short wheelbase extra high without EGR (9 q)Van short wheelbase without EGRVan short wheelbase without EGR Van short wheelbaseVan short wheelbase Van medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan long wheelbase high sided without EGRVan long wheelbase extra high without EGRTransport ambulance short wheelbasePanorama short wheelbaseCombi 6 seater short wheelbaseCombi short wheelbaseCombi medium wheelbase Van short wheelbase without EGRVan short wheelbase without EGRVan medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan short wheelbase Van short wheelbase Van medium wheelbase

Engine

2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD 2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD 2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

Engine codeRHVRHVRHVRHV

F1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481C F1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481C

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

Bodyworkversion

244EAMFA AX244EAMFA BX244EAMNB AX244EAMNB BX244ESMFA AY244ESMFA BY244ESMNB AY244ESMNB BY244ASMFA AY244ASMFA BY244ASMFA AX244ASMFA BX244ASMFB AY244ASMNB AY244ASMNB BY244ASMNC AY244ASMNC BY244ASMTA AX244ASMPA 04244ASMRA 05244ASMFA ZX244ASMRB 31244APMFA AY244APMFA BY244APMFB AY244APMNB AY244APMNB BY244APMFA AX244APMFA BX244APMFB AX


Version 15

Combi short wheelbase automatic gearbox low roofVan high sided medium wheelbase Van high sided medium wheelbase Ambulance van short wheelbase low roof without EGRTransport ambulance short wheelbasePanorama short wheelbasePanorama short wheelbase automatic gearboxCombi 6 seater short wheelbase Combi short wheelbaseVan short wheelbaseVan short wheelbaseVan medium wheelbaseVan high sided medium wheelbaseVan high sided medium wheelbaseVan high sided long wheelbaseVan high sided long wheelbaseChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cabChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping CarChassis cab short wheelbaseChassis cab short wheelbase Camping CarChassis cab medium wheelbaseChassis cab medium wheelbase Camping CarChassis cab long wheelbaseChassis cab long wheelbase Camping CarTruck short wheelbaseTruck medium wheelbaseTruck long wheelbase

Engine

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD 2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD 2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

2.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.0

Engine code

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S 8140.43S8140.43S

RFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFL

Bodyworkversion

244APARA 30244APMNB AX244APMNB BX244ALMFA AY244APMTA AX244APMPA 06244APAPA 07244APMRA 08244APMFA ZX 244BTMFA AX244BTMFA BX244BTMFB AX244BTMNB AX244BTMNB BX244BTMNC AX244BTMNC BX244BTMHB AX

244BTMHB AXC244BTMAA AX

244BTMAA AXC244BTMAB AX

244BTMAB AXC244BTMAC AX

244BTMAC AXC244BTMDA AX244BTMDB AX244BTMDC AX


Version 15

Truck medium wheelbase crew cabChassis cab long wheelbase crew cabChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping CarChassis cab with load bed long wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping CarChassis cab with load bed short wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping CarChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping CarTransport ambulance medium wheelbaseAid ambulance medium wheelbasePanorama medium wheelbaseCombi 6 seater medium wheelbaseCombi 6 seater medium wheelbaseVan high sided medium wheelbase BipowerVan high sided medium wheelbase Bipower (extra high)Van high sided medium wheelbase petrol/LPGVan high sided medium wheelbase petrol/LPG (extra high)Van high sided long wheelbase BipowerVan high sided long wheelbase Bipower (extra high)Van high sided long wheelbase petrol/LPGVan high sided long wheelbase petrol/LPG (extra high)Van short wheelbaseVan short wheelbaseVan medium wheelbaseVan high sided medium wheelbaseVan high sided medium wheelbase

Engine

2.02.0 2.0 2.02.02.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.0

2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD

Engine code

RFLRFL RFL RFLRFLRFL RFL RFL RFL RFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRHVRHVRHVRHVRHV

Bodyworkversion

244BTMGB AX244BTMHC AX

244BTMHC AXC244BTMCC AX

244BTMCC AXC244BTMCA AX

244BTMCA AXC244BTMCB AX

244BTMCB AXC244BTMTB AX244BTMSB AX244BTMPB 09244BTMRB 10

244BTMRB 10B244BTMNB AM244BTMNB BM244BTM NB AG244BTMNB BG244BTMNC AM244BTMNC BM244BTMNC AG244BTMNC BG244BAMFA AX244BAMFA BX244BAMFB AX244BAMNB AX244BAMNB BX


Version 11

Van long wheelbase high sided without EGRVan long wheelbase extra high without EGRChassis cab short wheelbaseChassis cab short wheelbase Camping CarTruck short wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed short wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping CarChassis cowl short wheelbaseChassis cowl short wheelbase Camping CarChassis cab medium wheelbaseChassis cab medium wheelbase Camping CarTruck medium wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping CarChassis cowl medium wheelbaseChassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping CarTruck medium wheelbase crew cabChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cabChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping CarChassis cab long wheelbaseChassis cab long wheelbase Camping CarTruck long wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed long wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping CarChassis cowl long wheelbase

Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car

Truck long wheelbase crew cab

Engine

2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD 2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD

2.0 JTD

2.0 JTD

Engine codeRHV RHV RHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHV RHV RHV RHVRHVRHVRHVRHVRHV

RHV

RHV

Bodyworkversion

244BAMNC AX244BAMNC BX244BAMAA AX

244BAMAA AXC244BAMDA AX244BAMCA AX

244BAMCA AXC244BAMBA AX

244BAMBA AXC244BAMAB AX

244BAMAB AXC244BAMDB AX244BAMCB AX

244BAMCB AXC244BAMBB AX

244BAMBB AXC244BAMGB AX244BAMHB AX

244BAMHB AXC244BAMAC AX

244BAMAC AXC244BAMDC AX244BAMCC AX

244BAMCC AXC244BAMBC AX

244BAMBC AXC

244BAMGC AX


Version 15

Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cabChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping CarCombi 6 seater medium wheelbaseCombi medium wheelbase high sidedPanorama medium wheelbase high sidedAmbulance van medium wheelbase high sidedVan short wheelbase without EGRVan short wheelbase without EGRVan medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbaseVan high sided long wheelbase without EGRVan high sided long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase special Camping car without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase special Camping car without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR

Engine

2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.0 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD

2.3 JTD

2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD

Engine codeRHV RHVRHV

F1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481C

F1AE0481C

F1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481C

Bodyworkversion

244BAMHC AX244BAMHC AXC

244BAMRB 11244BAMRB 11C244BAMPB 27244BSMNB AX244BSMFA AY244BSMFA BY244BSMFB AY244BSMNB AY244BSMNB BY244BSMNB AX244BSMNC AY244BSMNC BY244BSMAA AY

244BSMAA AYC244BSMDA AY244BSMCA AY

244BSMCA AYC244BSMCA BYC244BSMCB BYC

244BSMCC BYC

244BSMBA AY244BSMBA AYC244BSMBA BYC


Version 15

Chassis cab medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck medium wheelbase without EGR Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR

Engine

2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD 2.3 JTD2.3 JTD

2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD

Engine code

F1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481C F1AE0481CF1AE0481C

F1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481C

Bodyworkversion

244BSMAB AY244BSMAB AYC244BSMDB AY244BSMCB AY

244BSMCB AYC

244BSMBB AY244BSMBB AYC244BSMBB BYC244BSMAC AY

244BSMAC AYC244BSMDC AY244BSMCC AY

244BSMCC AYC244BSMBC AY

244BSMBC AYC244BSMBC BYC244BSMAG AY244BSMAGAYC244BSMDG AY244BSMBG AY

244BSMBG AYC244BSMBG BYC244BSMHB AY

244BSMHB AYC244BSMHG AY

244BSMHG AYC244BSMDG AY244BSMGG AY


Version 15

Truck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGRTruck long wheelbase crew cab without EGRTransport ambulance medium wheelbaseAid ambulance medium wheelbasePanorama medium wheelbaseCombi 6 seater medium wheelbaseCombi 6 seater medium wheelbaseCombi medium wheelbaseCombi high sided medium wheelbaseChassis cab short wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGRVan short wheelbase without EGRVan short wheelbase without EGRVan medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided long wheelbase without EGRVan high sided long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab short wheelbase without EGR

Engine

2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

Engine code

F1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481C

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

Bodyworkversion

244BSMGB AY244BSMHC AY

244BSMHC AYC244BSMGC AY244BSMTB AX244BSMSB AX244BSMPB 12244BSMRB 13

244BSMRB 13B244BSMFB ZX244BSMNB ZX244BSMAABYC244BSMBA BYC244BSMAB BYC244BSMBB BYC244BSMAC BYC244BSMBC BYC244BSMAG BYC244BSMBG BYC244BPMFA AY244BPMFA BY244BPMFB AY244BPMNB AY244BPMNB BY244BPMNC AY244BPMNC BY

244BPMAA AY


Version 11

Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase low roof automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase low roof Camping Car automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase special Camping car without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase special Camping car without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase special Camping car without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGR

Engine

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD


2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

Engine code

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

8140.43S8140.43S

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

8140.43S

8140.43S

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

Bodyworkversion

244BPMAA AYC244BPMDA AY244BPMAB AY

244BPMAB AYC244BPMDB AY

244BPACA AXC244BPACA AXC

244BPMCB AY244BPMCB AYC

244BPMBA AY244BPMBA AYC244BPMBB AY

244BPMBB AYC244BPMCA AY

244BPMCA AYC244BPMCA BYC

244BPMCB BYC

244BPMCC BYC

244BPMAC AY244BPMAC AYC244BPMDC AY244BPMCC AY244BPMCC AYC244BPMBC AY

244BPMBC AYC244BPMAG AY


Version 15

Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGRTruck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGRTruck long wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab short wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRVan short wheelbase Van short wheelbase Van medium wheelbase Van short wheelbase low roof automatic gearbox Van short wheelbase high roof automatic gearbox Van medium wheelbase low roof automatic gearbox Van high sided medium wheelbase Van high sided medium wheelbase Van high sided medium wheelbase automatic gearbox

Engine

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD 2.8 JTD 2.8 JTD 2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

Engine code

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

Bodyworkversion

244BPMAG AYC244BPMDG AY244BPMBG AY

244BPMBG AYC244BPMHB AY

244BPMHB AYC244BPMGB AY244BPMHC AY

244BPMHC AYC244BPMGC AY244BPMAA BYC244BPMBA BYC244BPMAB BYC244BPMBB BYC244BPMAC BYC244BPMBC BYC244BPMAG BYC244BPM BG BYC244BPMFA AX244BPMFA BX244BPMFB AX244BPAFA AX244BPAFA BX244BPAFB AX244BPMNB AX244BPMNB BX244BPANB AX


Version 15

Van high sided medium wheelbase automatic gearboxVan high sided long wheelbaseVan high sided long wheelbaseVan high sided long wheelbase automatic gearboxVan high sided long wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab short wheelbase Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car Truck short wheelbase Chassis cab short wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox Truck short wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab short wheelbase special Camping CarChassis cab medium wheelbase special Camping CarChassis cab long wheelbase special Camping CarChassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping CarChassis cab medium wheelbase Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car Truck medium wheelbase Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping CarChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase special Camping carChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase special Camping carChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase special Camping carChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cab medium wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox

Engine


Engine code


Bodyworkversion

244BPANB BX 244BPMNC AX244BPMNC BX244BPANC AX244BPANC BX244BPMAA AX

244BPMAA AXC244BPMDA AX244BPAAA AX

244BPAAA AXC244BPADA AX

244BPMAA BXC244BPMAB BXC244BPMAC BXC244BPMAG BXC244BPMAB AX

244BPMAB AXC244BPMDB AX244BPMCA AX

244BPMCA AXC244BPMCA BXC244BPMCB BXC244BPMCC BXC244BPMCB AX

244BPMCB AXC244BPAAB AX

244BPAAB AXC


Version 15

Truck medium wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxChassis cowl short wheelbase Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping CarChassis cowl short wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping CarChassis cowl medium wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxChassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping CarChassis cab long wheelbase Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car Truck long wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed long wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cab long wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxTruck long wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxChassis cowl long wheelbase Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car

Engine



2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

Engine code

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

8140.43S8140.43S

Bodyworkversion

244BPADB AX244BPACB AX

244BPACB AXC

244BPMBA AX244BPMBA AXC244BPMBA BXC244BPABA AX

244BPABA AXC244BPMBB AX

244BPMBB AXC244BPMBB BXC244BPABB AX

244BPABB AXC244BPMBC BXC244BPMAC AX

244BPMAC AXC244BPMDC AX 244BPMSB AX244BPMHB AX

244BPMHB AXC244BPMCC AX244BPMCC AXC244BPAAC AX

244BPAAC AXC

244BPADC AX244BPACC AX


Version 15

Chassis cowl long wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxChassis cab 4050 wheelbase Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car Truck 4050 wheelbase Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxTruck 4050 wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping CarChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxAid ambulance medium wheelbaseChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cabChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cabTruck 4050 wheelbase automatic gearboxTruck 4050 wheelbaseTruck 4050 wheelbase without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase crew cabTruck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car Truck medium wheelbase crew cabChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab

Engine


Engine code


Bodyworkversion

244BPACC AXC244BPMBC AX

244BPMBC AXC244BPABC AX

244BPABC AXC244BPMAG AX

244BPMAG AXC244BPMDG AX

244BPM BG BXC244BPAAG AX

244BPAAG AXC244BPADG AX244BPMBG AX

244BPMBG AXC244BPMHG AY244BPMGG AY244BPABG AX

244BPABG AXC 244BPMGB AX244BPMHC AX

244BPMHC AXC244BPMGC AX244BPM TB AX244BPMPB 14244BPAPB 15244BPMRB 16

244BPMRB 16B


Version 15

Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car Truck long wheelbase crew cab Transport ambulance medium wheelbasePanorama medium wheelbasePanorama medium wheelbase automatic gearboxPanorama AutonomyCombi 6 seater medium wheelbaseCombi 6 seater medium wheelbaseCombi 6 seater medium wheelbase automatic gearboxCombi 6 seater medium wheelbase automatic gearboxCombi medium wheelbaseCombi medium wheelbase high sidedCombi medium wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab short wheelbase special Camping Car Chassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping Car Chassis cab medium wheelbase special Camping Car Combi medium wheelbase high sided automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase low roof Camping Car Special automatic gearbox Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase low roof Camping Car Special automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase low roof Camping Car Special automatic gearboxChassis cab short wheelbase special Camping car automatic gearboxChassis cab medium wheelbase low roof special Camping car automatic gearboxChassis cab long wheelbase low roof special Camping car automatic gearboxChassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping car automatic gearboxChassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping car automatic gearbox Chassis cowl medium wheelbase low roof special Camping car automatic gearbox

Engine

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD


Engine code

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

8140.43S

8140.43S

8140.43S8140.43S

8140.43S

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

Bodyworkversion

244BPARB 17244BPARB 17B244BPMFB ZX244BPMNB ZX244BPAFB ZX244BPAPA 32

244BPMAA BXC244BPMBA BXC244BPMAB BXC244BPMHG AYC244BPMHG AX

244BPMHG AXC244BPADG AX244BPMDG AX244BPMDG AY244BPMGG AX244BPANB ZX

244BPACA BXC

244BPACB BXC

244BPACC BXC

244BPAAA BXC244BPAAB BXC

244BPAAC BXC

244BPAAG BXC244BPABA BXC244BPABA BXC


Engine code

8140.43S

8140.43S 8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N

Bodyworkversion

244BPABA BXC

244BPABA BXC244BZMFA AY244BZMFA BY244BZMFB AY244BZMNB AY244BZMNB BY244BZMNC AY244BZMNC BY244BZMDA AY244BZMDB AY244BZMDC AY244BZMDG AY244BZMGG AY244BZMGB AY244BZMGC AY244BZMBA AY

244BZMBA AYC244BZMBB AY

244BZMBB AYC244BZMBC AY

244BZMBC AYC244BZMBG AY

244BZMBG AYC244BZMBA BYC244BZMBB BYC244BZMBC BYC

Engine

2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER

Version 15

Chassis cowl long wheelbase low roof special Camping car automatic gearbox Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping car automatic gearbox Van short wheelbase low roof without EGRVan short wheelbase high roof without EGRVan medium wheelbase low roof without EGRVan medium wheelbase high sided without EGRVan medium wheelbase extra highVan long wheelbase high sided without EGRVan long wheelbase extra high without EGRTruck short wheelbase without EGRTruck medium wheelbase without EGRTruck long wheelbase without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRTruck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGRTruck long wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR


Version 15

Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping car (max weight 1850 kg front axle)

Chassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping car (max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGR

Chassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping car (max weight 1850 kg front axle)

Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping car (max weight 1850 kg front axle)

Chassis cab short wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab medium wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab long wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR

Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGR

Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab short wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab medium wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab long wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR

Engine

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

Engine code

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

Bodyworkversion

244BZMBG BYC

244BZMBA BYC1

244BZMBB BYC1

244BZMBC BYC1

244BZMBG BYC1

244BZMAA AY

244BZMAA AYC

244BZMAB AY

244BZMAB AYC

244BZMAC AY

244BZMAC AYC

244BZMAG AY

244BZMAG AYC

244BZMHB AY

244BZMHB AYC

244BZMHC AY

244BZMHC AYC

244BZMAA BYC

244BZMAB BYC

244BZMAC BYC


Version 15

Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGRChassis cab short wheelbase special Camping car (max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase special Camping car (max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase special Camping car (max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping car (max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase special Camping car without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase special Camping car without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase special Camping car without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase special Camping car (max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase special Camping car (max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase special Camping car (max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGR

Engine

2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

Engine code

8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N8140.43N

8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

Bodyworkversion

244BZMAG BYC244BZMHG AY

244BZMHG AYC

244BZMAA BYC1

244BZMAB BYC1

244BZMAC BYC1

244BZMAG BYC1244BZMCB AY

244BZMCB AYC244BZMCC AY

244BZMCC AYC244BZMCA AY

244BZMCA AYC

244BZMCA BYC

244BZMCB BYC

244BZMCC BYC

244BZMCA BYC1

244BZMCB BYC1

244BZMCC BYC1


Version MAXI

Chassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping Car Chassis cab long wheelbase special Camping Car Chassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping Car Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car Van short wheelbaseVan short wheelbaseVan medium wheelbaseVan high sided medium wheelbaseVan high sided medium wheelbaseVan high sided long wheelbaseVan high sided long wheelbaseTruck medium wheelbase crew cabChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cabChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping CarChassis cab long wheelbaseChassis cab long wheelbase Camping CarTruck long wheelbaseChassis cab medium wheelbaseChassis cab medium wheelbase Camping CarChassis cab with load bed long wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping CarChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping CarChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car Truck medium wheelbaseTruck long wheelbase crew cab Minibus long wheelbaseVan high sided medium wheelbase Bipower

Engine

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

2.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.0 2.0 2.0 2.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.02.0

Engine code

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

RFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFL RFL RFL RFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFL

Bodyworkversion

244BPMBB BXC244BPMAC BXC244BPMBC BXC244BPMAG BXC244BPM BG BXC244CTMFA AX244CTMFA BX244CTMFB AX244CTMNB AX244CTMNB BX244CTMNC AX244CTMNC BX244CTMGB AX244CTMHB AX

244CTMHB AXC244CTMAC AX

244CTMAC AXC244CTMDC AX244CTMA AX

244CTMA AXC244CTMCC AX

244CTMCC AXC244CTMCB AX

244CTMCB AXC244CTMHC AX

244CTMHC AXC244CMDB AX

244CTMGC AX244CTMMC AX244CTMNB AM


Version MAXI

Van high sided medium wheelbase Bipower (extra high)Van high sided medium wheelbase petrol/LPGVan high sided medium wheelbase petrol/LPG (extra high)Van high sided long wheelbase BipowerVan high sided long wheelbase Bipower (extra high)Van high sided long wheelbase petrol/LPGVan high sided long wheelbase petrol/LPG (extra high)Van short wheelbase without EGRVan short wheelbase without EGRVan medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided long wheelbase without EGRVan high sided long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase without EGR

Engine

2.02.02.02.02.02.02.0

2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD



Engine codeRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFLRFL

F1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481C

F1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481C F1AE0481C

F1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481C

Bodyworkversion

244CTMNB BM244CTMNB AG244CTMNB BG244CTMNC AM244CTMNC BM244CTMNC AG244CTMNC BG244CSMFA AY244CSMFA BY244CSMFB AY244CSMNB AY244CSMNB BY244CSMNC AY244CSMNC BY244CSMAA AY

244CSMAA AYC244CSMDA AY244CSMCA AY

244CSMCA AYC

244CSMBA AY244CSMBA AYC244CSMAB AY

244CSMAB AYC244CSMDB AY244CSMCB AY

244CSMCB AYC

244CSMBB AY244CSMBB AYC244CSMAC AY


Version MAXI

Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRTruck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGRTruck long wheelbase crew cab without EGRMinibus long wheelbase without EGRSchool bus (primary school) long wheelbase without EGRSchool bus (secondary school) long wheelbase without EGRVan short wheelbase without EGRVan short wheelbase without EGRVan medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided medium wheelbase without EGRVan high sided long wheelbase without EGRVan high sided long wheelbase without EGR

Engine

2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.3 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

Engine code

F1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481CF1AE0481C

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

Bodyworkversion

244CSMAC AYC244CSMDC AY244CSMCC AY

244CSMCC AYC244CSMBC AY

244CSMBC AYC244CSMAG AY

244CSMAG AYC244CSMDG AY244CSMBG AY

244CSMBG AYC244CSMHB AY

244CSMHB AYC244CSMHG AY

244CSMHG AYC244CSMDG AY244CSMGG AY244CSMGB AY244CSMHC AY

244CSMHC AYC 244CSMGC AY244CSMMC AY244CSMEC AY244CSMLC AY244CPMFA AY244CPMFA BY244CPMFB AY244CPMNB AY244CPMNB BY244CPMNC AY244CPMNC BY


Version MAXI

Chassis cab short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed short wheelbaseCamping Car automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed short wheelbaseChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping CarChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR Chassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGRChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGRChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Engine

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

Engine code

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

Bodyworkversion

244CPMAA AY244CPMAA AYC244CPMDA AY244CPMAB AY

244CPMAB AYC244CPMDB AY244CPACA AX

244CPACA AXC

244CPMCA AX244CPMCA AXC244CPMCA AY

244CPMCA AYC244CPMCB AY

244CPMCB AYC

244CPMBA AY244CPMBA AYC244CPMBB AY

244CPMBB AYC244CPMAC AY

244CPMAC AYC244CPMDC AY244CPMCC AY

244CPMCC AYC244CPMBC AY

244CPMBC AYC244CPMAG AY

244CPMAG AYC244CPMDG AY244CPMBG AY244CPMDA AX


Version MAXI

Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cabChassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cabTruck 4050 wheelbase automatic gearboxTruck 4050 wheelbaseTruck 4050 wheelbase without EGRTruck 4050 wheelbase crew cabTruck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGRTruck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGRChassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGRTruck long wheelbase crew cab without EGRMinibus long wheelbase without EGRSchool bus (primary school) long wheelbase without EGRSchool bus (secondary school) long wheelbase without EGRVan short wheelbase Van short wheelbase Van medium wheelbase Van high sided medium wheelbase Van high sided medium wheelbase Van high sided medium wheelbase automatic gearboxVan high sided medium wheelbase automatic gearboxVan high sided long wheelbase Van high sided long wheelbase Van high sided long wheelbase automatic gearboxVan high sided long wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab short wheelbase Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car

Engine

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

Engine code

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

Bodyworkversion

244CPMBG AYC244CPMHB AY244CPMHG AY

244CPMHG AYC244CPMHG AX

244CPMHG AXC244CPADG AX244CPMDG AX244CPMDG AY244CPMGG AX244CPMGG AY244CPMHB AYC244CPMGB AY244CPMHC AY

244CPMHC AYC244CPMGC AY244CPMMC AY244CPMEC AY244CPMLC AY244CPMFA AX244CPMFA BX244CPMFB AX244CPMNB AX244CPMNB BX244CPANB AX244CPANB BX244CPMNC AX244CPMNC BX244CPANC AX244CPANC BX 244CPMAA AX


Version MAXI

Truck short wheelbase Chassis cab short wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxTruck short wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab medium wheelbase Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car Truck medium wheelbase Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cab medium wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxTruck medium wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxChassis cowl short wheelbase Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cowl short wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxChassis cowl medium wheelbase Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cowl medium wheelbase automatic gearbox Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxChassis cab long wheelbase Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car Truck long wheelbase Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cab long wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxTruck long wheelbase automatic gearbox

Engine

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD2.8 JTD

Engine code

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

Bodyworkversion

244CPMAA AXC244CPAAA AX

244CPAAA AXC244CPADA AX244CPMAB AX

244CPMAB AXC244CPMDB AX244CPMCB AX

244CPMCB AXC244CPAAB AX

244CPAAB AXC244CPADB AX244CPACB AX

244CPACB AXC

244CPMBA AX244CPMBA AXC244CPABA AX

244CPABA AXC244CPMBB AX

244CPMBB AXC244CPABB AX

244CPABB AXC244CPMAC AX

244CPMAC AXC244CPMDC AX244CPMCC AX

244CPMCC AXC244CPAAC AX

244CPAAC AXC244CPADC AX


Version MAXI

Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxChassis cowl long wheelbase Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cowl long wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxChassis cab 4050 wheelbase Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car Truck 4050 wheelbase Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxTruck 4050 wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase automatic gearboxChassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearboxChassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car Truck medium wheelbase crew cab Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car Truck long wheelbase crew cab Minibus long wheelbase

Engine

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD


Engine code

8140.43S8140.43S

8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S8140.43S

Bodyworkversion

244CPACC AX244CPACC AXC

244CPMBC AX244CPMBC AXC244CPABC AX

244CPABC AXC244CPMAG AX

244CPMAG AXC244CPMDG AX244CPAAG AX

244CPAAG AXC244CPADG AX244CPMBG AX

244CPMBG AXC244CPABG AX

244CPABG AXC244CPMHB AX

244CPMHB AXC244CPMGB AX244CPMHC AX

244CPMHC AXC244CPMGC AX244CPMMC AX


Version MAXI

Van short wheelbase low roof without EGR

Van short wheelbase high roof without EGR

Van medium wheelbase low roof without EGR

Van medium wheelbase high sided without EGR

Van medium wheelbase extra high without EGR

Minibus long wheelbase high sided without EGR

Van long wheelbase extra high without EGR

Truck short wheelbase without EGR

Truck medium wheelbase without EGR

Truck long wheelbase without EGR

Truck 4050 wheelbase without EGR

Truck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR

Truck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR

Truck long wheelbase crew cab without EGR

Chassis cowl short wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cowl long wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGR

Engine

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

Engine code

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

Bodyworkversion

244CZMFA AY

244CZMFA BY

244CZMFB BY

244CZMNB AY

244CZMNB BY

244CZMNC AY

244CZMNC BY

244CZMDA AY

244CZMDB AY

244CZMDC AY

244CZMDG AY

244CZMGG AY

244CZMGB AY

244CZMGC AY

244CZMBA AY

244CZMBA AYC

244CZMBB AY

244CZMBA AYC

244CZMBC AY

244CZMBC AYC

244CZMBG AY


Version MAXI

Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab short wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab medium wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR

Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab long wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR

Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGR

Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGR

Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR

Engine

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

2.8 JTD POWER

Engine code

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

8140.43N

Bodyworkversion

244CZMBG AYC

244CZMAA AY

244CZMAA AYC

244CZMAB AY

244CZMAB AYC

244CZMHB AY

244CZMHB AYC

244CZMAC AY

244CZMAC AYC

244CZMAG AY

244CZMAG AYC

244CZMHG AY

244CZMHG AYC

244CZMHC AY

244CZMHC AYC

244CZMCB AY

244CZMCB AYC

244CZMCA AY

244CZMCA AYC

244CZMCC AY

244CZMCC AYC


ENGINEGENERAL FEATURES

Engine code

Cycle

Number and layout of cylinders

Diameter x stroke mm

Total capacity cm3

Compression ratio

kWMaximum power output EEC HPcorresponding ratio rpm

NmMaximum torque EEC kgmcorresponding ratio rpm

Spark plugs

Fuel

2.0

RFL

Otto

4 in line

86x86

1998

9.5 : 1

811105700

16817.13700

RC9YCCRFC52LS

Unleaded petrol

95 RON

2.0 JTD

RHV

Diesel

4 in line

85x88

1997

17.6 : 1

6284

4000

19219.61900

–

Diesel for motor vehicles

(EN590 specifications)

2.3 JTD

F1AE0481C

Diesel

4 in line

88x94

2286

19 : 1

811103600

27027.61800

–



2.8 JTD

8140.43 S

Diesel

4 in line

94.4x100

2800

18 : 1

93.51273600

30030.61800

–



2.8 JTDPOWER

8140.43 N

Diesel

4 in line

94.4x100

2800

18 : 1

1071463600

31031.61500

–




FUEL SUPPLY/IGNITION

Petrol version

Electronic Multipoint sequentialphased integrated electronic injectionand ignition; a single injection systemcontrols both functions. It processesboth the time the injection lasts (forfuel metering) and the ignition advanceangle.

FUEL SUPPLY

JTD/JTD POWER versions

UNIJET (Common Rail) electroniccontrol direct injection, turbosuper-charger with WASTEGATE valve andintercooler (2.3 JTD, 2.8 JTD and 2.8JTD POWER versions).

SPARK PLUGS

The cleanness and soundness of thespark plugs are very important forkeeping the engine efficient and pol-luting emissions down.

The appearance of the spark plug, ifexamined by an expert eyes, is a goodway of pinpointing a problem even if ithas nothing to do with the ignition sys-tem. Therefore, if the engine has prob-lems, it is important to have the sparkplugs checked at a Fiat Dealership.

The spark plugs must bechanged at the timesspecified in the SERVICE

SCHEDULE. Only use the type ofplugs indicated: if the heat ratiois less than required or the lifespecified is not guaranteed, prob-lems can arise.

Modifications or repairs tothe fuel feed system that

are not carried out properly or donot take the system’s technicalspecifications into account cancause malfunctions leading to therisk of fire.

WARNING


BRAKES

SERVICE AND EMERGENCYBRAKES Front: disc, floating caliper with two

operating cylinders for each wheel andpad wear warning light.Rear: self-centring shoes and micro-

metric mechanism for clearance take-up.Certain versions are fitted with rear

disc brakes with Drum in hat device(i.e. drum on disc to block the vehiclewhen parked with handbrake en-gaged). Cross-over hydraulic circuit control.

Four sensors ABS system with EBD.

Automatic recovery of the frictiongasket wear; versions with rear discbrake excluded (Drum in hat ver-sions).

Lacking ABS system brakeforce dis-tributor acting on rear brake hydrauliccircuit according to rear axle load.

HANDBRAKE

Controlled by a lever, it works me-chanically on the rear brake shoes.

For versions with rear disc brakes,the handbrake works on the Drum inhat device shoes.

IMPORTANT Pull the handbrakelever only when the vehicle is at astandstill, or when the vehicle is run-ning, but however only in case of afailure of the hydraulic system.

Should the handbrake be exception-ally used when the vehicle is running,it is suggested to keep a moderatetraction to avoid causing the rear axleblock, entailing vehicle side skidding.

TRANSMISSION

CLUTCH

Hydraulically controlled withouttravel-free pedal.

MECHANICAL GEARBOXAND DIFFERENTIAL

Five forward gears and reverse withsynchromesh for front gear engage-ment.

Cyclical gear reduction and differen-tial assembly incorporated in the gear-box.

Drive transmission to the frontwheels by means of drive shafts con-nected to the differential assembly andthe wheels with CV joints.

Water, ice or salt on roadsurfaces can deposit on

brake discs, reducing braking effi-ciency on the first braking.

WARNING


ELECTRONIC AUTOMATICGEARBOX (2.8 JTD versions only)

Automatic gearbox with four speedsplus reverse with self-adapting control(i.e. capable of adapting to the driver’sdriving style), which transmits powercontinuously and with very fast elec-tro-hydraulic gear engagement times.

SUSPENSIONS

FRONT

Independent wheel, McPherson sus-pension.

Telescopic dampers with flexible an-chorage to the body and dust guardson buffers.

Coil springs offset with shock ab-sorbers and knock-guard buffers.

Lower wishbone with twin taperrubber bushing on chassis and ballhead on wheel stud.

REAR

Rigid tubular axle type.

Lengthways single blade (two-bladesas optional) leaf spring.

Vertical shock absorbers anchoredabove on the body (on the inside ofthe wheelhouse) and down on theaxle flange.

Knock-guard buffer fixed to the sidemember.

Coupling for brake load proportion-ing.


WHEELS

RIMS AND TYRES

Printed steel rims with ventilateddisk.

Tubeless tyres with radial carcass.

The homologated tyres are listed inthe log book.

IMPORTANT In the event of dis-crepancies between the informationprovided in this Owner Handbook andthe Log Book, consider the specifica-tions shown in the Log Book only.

To ensure safety of the vehicle inmovement, it must be fitted with tyresof the same make and type on allwheels.

IMPORTANT Do not use innertubes with tubeless tyres.

SPARE WHEEL

Printed steel rim.

Tubeless tyre (same as those fitted).

SNOW CHAINS

Only use low profile chains, see“Snow chains”.

WHEEL GEOMETRY

Front wheel toe-in measured fromrim to rim: – 2 ± 1 mm.

The values refer to the vehicle in run-ning order.

STEERING

Energy-absorbing jointed steeringcolumn and wheel.

Height adjustable steering wheel.

Permanently lubricated rack and pin-ion.

Hydraulic power steering.

Minimum turning circle:

– short wheelbase ................ 11 m– medium wheelbase ............ 12.1 m – long wheelbase .................. 13,7 m

Number of steering wheel turns lockto lock......................................... 3.52

Do not hold the power as-sisted steering wheel with

the engine running for longer than15 seconds. It will make a noise andyou could damage the system.

WARNING


UNDERSTANDING TYRE MARKINGS

The following are the necessary in-dications to understand the meaningof the markings on the tyre.

195 = Nominal width (S, distance between sidewalls in mm).

70 = Height/width ratio (H/S,as a percentage).

R = Radial tyre.

15 = Rim nominal diameter ininches (Ø).

C = Letter identifying tyres for light-dutytransportation.

103/101 = Load rating (carrying ca-pacity).

Q = Maximum speed rating.

6 = rim in inches (1)

J = rim drop centre outline(side projection where thetyre bead rests) (2)

15 = rim nominal diameter ininches (corresponds to di-ameter of the tyre to bemounted) (3 = Ø)

H2 = “hump” shape and number(relief on the circumfer-ence holding the tubelesstyre bead on the rim)

Maximum speed rating

Q = up to 160 km/h.

R = up to 170 km/h.

S = up to 180 km/h.

T = up to 190 km/h.

U = up to 200 km/h.

H = up to 210 km/h.

V = up to 240 km/h.

Maximum speed rating for snow tyres

Q M+S = up to 160 km/h

T M+S = up to 190 km/h

H M+S = up to 240 km/h

UNDERSTANDING RIMMARKINGS

The following are the necessary in-dications to understand the meaningof the markings on the rim.

Example: 195/70 R 15C 103/101 Q Example: 6J x 15 H2

fig. 6F0

D00

31m


COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)

Version

11

All types

Camping Car

15

All types (**)

2.8 JTD POWER

Camping Car

MAXI

All types (**)

2.8 JTD POWER

Camping Car

(*) 4.75 bar for vehicles with maximum admitted load on rear axle over 2000 kg.

(**) Except 2.8 JTD POWER versions

For warm tyres the pressure should be +0.3 bar in relation to the prescribed value.

Check again the correct pressure when the tyres are cold.

Tyre

195/70 R15C 103/101 Q205/70 R15C 106/104 Q

215/70 R15C 109/107 Q Camping

205/70 R15C 106/104 Q

205/70 R15C 106/104 R

215/70 R15C 109/107 Q Camping

205/75 R16C 110/108 Q215/75 R16C 113/111 Q

205/75 R16C 110/108 R215/75 R16C 113/111 R

215/75 R16C 113/111 Q Camping

Rim

6J x 15” - H2

6J x 15” - H2

6J x 15” - H2

6J x 15” - H2

6J x 15” - H2

6J x 16” - H2

6J x 16” - H2

6J x 16” - H2

Inflation pressure (bar)Unladen and fully loadedFront

4.04.0

5.0

4.1

4.1

5.0

4.54.5

4.54.5

5.5

Rear

4.04.0

5.0

4.5

4.5

5.0

4.5 (*)4.5

4.5 (*)4.5

5.5


Snow tyres

Version

11

All types

Camping Car

15

All types

2.8 JTD POWER

Camping Car

MAXI

All types

2.8 JTD POWER

Camping Car

(*) 4.75 bar for vehicles with maximum admitted load on rear axle over 2000 kg.

For warm tyres the pressure should be +0.3 bar in relation to the prescribed value.

Check again the correct pressure when the tyres are cold.

Tyre

195/70 R15C 103/101 Q M+S205/70 R15C 106/104 Q M+S

205/70 R15C 106/104 Q M+S

205/70 R15C 106/104 Q M+S

205/70 R15C 106/104 R M+S

205/70 R15C 106/104 Q M+S

205/75 R16C 110/108 Q M+S

205/75 R16C 106/104 R M+S

205/75 R16C 110/108 Q M+S

Rim

6J x 15” - H2

6J x 15” - H2

6J x 15” - H2

6J x 15” - H2

6J x 15” - H2

6J x 16” - H2

6J x 16” - H2

6J x 16” - H2

Inflation pressure (bar)Unladen and fully loadedFront

4.04.0

4.1

4.1

4.1

4.1

4.5

4.5

5.5

Rear

4.04.0

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5 (*)

4.5

5.5


DIMENSIONS

VAN VERSION

Height is intended on an unladen vehicle.

fig. 7 F0D0272m


Versions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

L

Dimensions vary according to the version, within the limits indicated above.

11 MAXI15

Shortwheelbase

901

2850

998

4749

2150 ÷ 2470

1720

2024

1441 ÷ 1760

1710

Mediumwheelbase

901

3200

998

5099

2150 ÷ 2725

1720

2024

1441 ÷ 1760

1710

Shortwheelbase

901

2850

998

4749

2150 ÷ 2470

1720

2024

1441 ÷ 1760

1710

Mediumwheelbase

901

3200

998

5099

2150 ÷ 2725

1720

2024

1441 ÷ 2016

1710

Longwheelbase

901

3700

998

5599

2470 ÷ 2860

1720

2024

1441 ÷ 1760

1710

Mediumwheelbase

901

3200

998

5099

2160 ÷ 2735

1720

2024

1441 ÷ 2016

1710

Shortwheelbase

901

2850

998

4749

2160 ÷ 2480

1720

2024

1441 ÷ 1760

1710

Longwheelbase

901

3700

998

5599

2470 ÷ 2860

1720

2024

1441 ÷ 1760

1710


TRUCK VERSION

Height is intended on an unladen vehicle.

fig. 8 F0D0273m


11 MAXI15Versions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

L (*)

Dimensions vary according to the version, within the limits indicated above

(*) 2180 mm width optional body can be provided.

Shortwheelbase

901

2850

1080

4831

2517

2100

1720

1720

1932

Shortwheelbase

901

2850

1080

4831

2517

2100

1720

1720

1932

Mediumwheelbase

901

3200

1080

5181

2867

2100

1720

1720

1932

Longwheelbase

901

3700

1080

5681

3367

2100

1720

1720

1932

4050wheelbase

901

4050

1029

5980

3670

2100

1720

1720

2040

mediumwheelbase

901

3200

1080

5181

2867

2125

1720

1720

1932

Longwheelbase

901

3700

1080

5681

3367

2125

1720

1720

1932

4050wheelbase

901

4050

1029

5980

3670

2125

1720

1720

2040


PERFORMANCE

Top speeds allowable after running in kph

Versions/engines 11-2.0 11-2.0 JTD 11-2.3 JTD 11-2.8 JTD 15-2.0 15-2.0 JTD

144 (*) 136 (*) 149 (*) 152 (*) 144 (*) 136 (*)

135 (**) 128 (**) 145 (**) 148 (**) 135 (**) 128 (**)

* All Van versions-According to the specific version** All Truck versions

Versions/engines 15 15 15 MAXI MAXI MAXI MAXI2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD 2.8 JTD 2.0 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD 2.8 JTD

POWER POWER

149 (*) 152 (*) 159 136 (*) 147 (*) 152 (*) 159

145 (**) 148 (**) 152 (❐) 128 (**) 143 (**) 148 (**) 152 (❐)

* All Van versions-According to the specific version** All Truck versions (❐) If Camping Car tyres are fitted


VAN WEIGHTS

Weights (kg)Version 11 (*)

Kerb weight(including fuel, spare wheel, toolsand accessories):

Payload includingdriver (1):

Maximum admittedloads (2)– front axle:– rear axle:– total:

Towable weight:– trailer with brakes– trailer without brakes

Maximum load on ball coupling (trailer with brakes)

Maximum load on roof

(1) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.(2) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.* The figures given refer to panelled and glazed vans with medium and short wheelbase, both high and low sided.

2.0

1695 ÷ 1780

1120 ÷ 1170

16001600

2865 ÷ 2900

2000750

80

100

2.0 JTD

1755 ÷ 1840

1060 ÷ 1145

160016002900

1600750

80

100

2.3 JTD

1825 ÷ 1910

990 ÷ 1075

160016002900

2000750

80

100

2.8 JTD

1850 ÷ 1935

965 ÷ 1050

160016002900

2000750

80

100


Weights (kg)Version 15 (*)


Payload including driver (1):





(1) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.(2) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.* The figures given refer to panelled and glazed vans with long, medium and short wheelbase, both high and low sided.

2.0

1695 ÷ 1865

1435 ÷ 1510

17501850

3245 ÷ 3300

2000750

80

100

2.0 JTD

1755 ÷ 1840

1435 ÷ 1505

175018503300

1600750

80

100

2.3 JTD

1725 ÷ 1995

1305 ÷ 1475

175018503300

2000750

80

100

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD POWER

1850 ÷ 2020

1280 ÷ 1450

175018503300

2000750

80

100


Weights (kg)Version MAXI (*)



Maximum admittedloads (2)– front axle:– rear axle (3):– total:




(1) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.(2) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.(3) See “Cold tyre inflation pressure”.* The figures given refer to panelled and glazed vans with long and medium wheelbase, both high and low sided.

2.0

1765 ÷ 1915

1585 ÷ 1735

185021203500

2000750

80

100

2.3 JTD

1895 ÷ 2045

1455 ÷ 1605

185021203500

2000750

80

100

2.8 JTD 2.8 JTD POWER

1935 ÷ 2070

1430 ÷ 1565

185021203500

2000750

80

100


PANORAMA WEIGHTS

Weights (kg)Short wheelbase version







(1) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.(2) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.

2.0

1925

8P + 431 kg

160016002900

2000750

80

100

2.0 JTD

1985

8P + 371 kg

160016002900

1600750

80

100

2.3 JTD

2055

8P + 301 kg

160016002900

2000750

80

100

2.8 JTD

2080

8P + 276 kg

160016002900

2000750

80

100


Weights (kg)Medium wheelbase version GRAND VOLUME








2.3 JTD

2195

8P + 561 kg

175018503300

2000750

80

100

2.0

2065

8P + 691 kg

175018503300

2000750

80

100

2.8 JTD

2220

8P + 536 kg

175018503300

2000750

80

100


COMBI WEIGHTS

Weights (kg)Short wheelbase version








2.8 JTD

1960 ÷ 2035

5P +600 ÷ 490 kg

160016002900

2000750

80

100

2.0

1805

5P + 755 kg

160016002900

2000750

80

100

2.0 JTD

1865

5P + 695 Kg

160016002900

1600750

80

100

2.3 JTD

1935 ÷2010

5P +625 ÷ 515 kg

160016002900

2000750

80

100


Weights (kg)Medium wheelbase version








2.0

1845

5P + 1115 kg

175018503300

2000750

80

100

2.0 JTD

1905

5P + 1055 kg

175018503300

1600750

80

100

2.3 JTD

1975 ÷ 2050

5P +985 ÷ 875 kg

175018503300

2000750

80

100

2.8 JTD

2000 ÷ 2075

5P +960 ÷ 850 kg

175018503300

2000750

80

100


Weights (kg)GRAND VOLUME


Payload includingdriver (1):






2.3 JTD

2075 ÷ 2150

5P + 885 ÷ 775 kg

175018503300

2000750

80

100

2.0

1945

5P + 1015 kg

175018503300

2000750

80

100

2.8 JTD

2100 ÷ 2175

5P + 860 ÷ 750 kg

175018503300

2000750

80

100


TRUCK WEIGHTS

Weights (kg)

Version 11







2.0 JTD

1780 ÷ 1815

1085 ÷ 1105

16001600

2885 ÷ 2900

1600750

80


Weights (kg)Version 15







2.0

1795

1505

175018503300

2000750

80

2.0 JTD

1780 ÷ 1855

1375 ÷ 1445

17501850

3250 ÷ 3300

1600750

80

2.3 JTD

1850 ÷ 1985

1315 ÷ 1415

17501850

3230 ÷ 3300

2000750

80

2.8 JTD2.8 JTD POWER

1875 ÷ 2010

1290 ÷ 1390

17501850

3260 ÷ 3300

2000750

80


Weights (kg)Version MAXI



Maximum admittedloads (2)– front axle:– rear axle (3):– total:



(1) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.(2) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.(3) See “Cold tyre inflation pressure”.

2.0

1845

1655

185021203500

2000750

80

2.3 JTD

1900 ÷ 2035

1465 ÷ 1600

185021203500

2000750

80

2.8 JTD - 2.8 JTD POWER

1925 ÷ 2060

1440 ÷ 1575

185021203500

2000750

80


CREW CAB TRUCK WEIGHTS

Weights (kg)

Kerb weight (including fuel, spare wheel, toolsand accessories):


Maximum admitted loads (2)– front axle:– rear axle:– total:



(1) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.(2) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.(3) See “Cold tyre inflation pressure”.

152.3 JTD

1990 ÷ 2055

970 ÷ 1310

175018503300

2000750

80

152.8 JTD

2015 ÷ 2080

945 ÷ 1285

175018503300

2000750

80

MAXI2.0

1950

1250

18502120 (3)

3500

2000750

80

MAXI2.3 JTD

2040 ÷ 2105

1120 ÷ 1460

18502120 (3)

3500

2000750

80

MAXI2.8 JTD

2.8 JTD POWER

2065 ÷ 2130

1095 ÷ 1435

18502120 (3)

3500

2000750

80


CAPACITIES

Fuel tank: including a reserve of:

Engine cooling system:

Engine sump:

Transaxle:

Hydraulic power steering:

Front and rear hydraulic brake circuit:11-15 versionsMAXI versions

Hydraulic brake circuitwith ABS:11-15 versionsMAXI versions

Windscreen and rear window liquid reservoir:

(▲) For particularly cold temperatures use SELENIA PERFORMER MULTIPOWER SAE 5W-30.

Prescribed fuelRecommended products

Premium unleaded petrol with a RON not lower than 95

Mixture of distilled water and PARAFLU 11 (blue) at 50% orPARAFLU UP (red) at 50%

SELENIA 20K (▲)

TUTELA CAR MATRYX

TUTELA GI/A

TUTELA TOP 4

TUTELA TOP 4

Mixture of water and TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35

2000 BZ

Litres

808 ÷ 10

9

5

2.4

1.3

0.590.62

0.620.66

4.2

kg

––

–

4.5

2.16

–

––

––

–


Fuel tank:including a reserve of:

Engine coolingsystem:

Engine sump:Engine sump and filter:

Transaxle:

Automatic gearbox

Hydraulic power steering:

Front and rear hydraulic brake circuit:11-15 versionsMAXI versions

Hydraulic brake circuit with ABS:11-15 versionsMAXI versions

Windscreen and rear window liquid reservoir:

2000 JTD 2300 JTD

Litres

808 ÷ 10

9

–6.25

2.7

–

1.3

0.590.62

0.590.62

4.2

Litres

808 ÷10

10

5.86.3

2.7

–

1.3

0.590.62

0.590.62

4.2

kg

–

–

–5.6

2.43

–

–

––

––

–

kg

–

–

5.25.7

2.43

–

–

––

––

–

Litres

808 ÷10

10

5.05.7

2.7

8.2

1.3

0.590.62

0.590.62

4.2

kg

–

–

4.55.1

2.43

–

–

––

––

–

Prescribed fuelRecommended products

Diesel fuel for motor vehicles(EN590 specifications)

Mixture of distilled water andPARAFLU 11 (blue) at 50% orPARAFLU UP (red) at 50%

SELENIA WR

TUTELA CAR MATRYX

TUTELA HP 20

TUTELA GI/A

TUTELA TOP 4

TUTELA TOP 4

Mixture of water and TUTELAPROFESSIONAL SC 35

2800 JTD - 2800 JTD POWER


FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

PRODUCTS WHICH MAY BE USED AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS

Use

Lubricants

for petrol

engines (❐)

Lubricants

for diesel

engines

(❐) For particularly cold temperatures use SELENIA PERFORMER MULTIPOWER SAE 5W-30

Applications

F0D

0146

m

Fluid and lubricant specificationsfor correct vehicle operations

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 10W-40 that passes

ACEA A3, API SL specifications

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W-30 that passes

ACEA A1, ACEA A5, API SL and FIAT 9.55535

specifications.

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W-40 that passes ACEA B4,

API CF and FIAT 9.55535 specifications

Recommended fluids and lubricants

SELENIA 20K

SELENIA

PERFORMER

MULTIPOWER

SELENIA WR


Use

Lubricants and greasefor transmission

Products for brakes

Radiatorantifreeze

Diesel fuel additive

Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid

(*) IMPORTANT These two fluids cannot be mixed with each other. Contact Fiat Dealership for topping up.

Recommended fluids and lubricants

TUTELA CARMATRYX

TUTELA GI/A

TUTELA HP 20

TUTELA W 90/M-DA

TUTELA TOP 4

PARAFLU 11 (*)

or

PARAFLU UP (*)

DIESEL MIX

TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35

Fluid and lubricant specifications for correct vehicle operation

Fully synthetic lubricant SAE 75W-85 meeting API GL-4, FIAT 9.55550

Lubricant for transmissions with ATF DEXRON II D LEVproperties

ATF DEXRON III oil type

Lubricant, grade SAE 80W-90 that passes API GL5, MIL-L-2105 D, IVECO 18-1804, FIAT 9.55550 and FIAT 9.55523specifications

Synthetic fluid, FMVSS n° 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925, SAE J-1704, CUNA NC 956 - 01

Protective with antifreeze action based on inhibited monoethylen glycol, CUNA NC 956-16

Protective with antifreeze action (red colour) based on inhib-ited monoethylen glycol, with O.A.T. formulation, that passesCUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications.

Diesel fuel additive providing diesel engine protection

Mixture of alcohol and surfactants CUNA NC 956 -II

Applications

Mechanical transaxles developpinghigh temperatures

Power steering system

Automatic gearbox

EP oil for standard andself-locking differentials

Hydraulic brake andclutch controls

Cooling circuits.Proportion: 50% downto -35° C Not to bemixed with productshaving different formulas.

To be mixed withdiesel fuel (25 cc every 10 litres)

To be used pureor diluted


FUEL CONSUMPTION - CO2 EMISSIONS

RUNNING AND USE CONDITIONS AFFECTING FUEL CONSUMPTION(examples and differences with respect to goods transportation vehicle data)

IMPORTANT

Although fuel consumption mea-surements procedure aim at definingrealistic values, fuel consumption is in-fluenced by factors such as:

Driving style and vehicle use highspeed, frequent acceleration, frequentgear shifting, door-to-door deliveries,etc.

Just for passenger transportationversions with 2.3 and 2.8 JTD engines,reduced consumption can be obtainedby starting (on level road) in 2nd gearinstead of 1st gear.

Traffic and road conditionsqueues, bending roads, steep roads,bad road surface, etc.

Weather conditions and tem-peratures low temperatures, thinner air, wind,rain etc…;

Vehicle conditionsPoor maintenance (tyre pressure, fil-ters, spark plugs, etc.), damaged body-work

Load conditions Heavy weights, not optimal load dis-tribution, large weights on roof rack,etc.

Use of electric devices Climate control, heater and electricdevices in general

Special conditions of useSpecial vehicle conditions of use: roofrack, trailer, open side windows, typeof tyres, etc.

Special trim and adaptations caravan, motor home, mega box, can-vas cover, etc.

Some of these conditions are illus-trated in these figures on the nextpages.

For more information, refer to theadvice in the chapter “Cheap runningthat respects the environment.

The fuel consumption values shownin the table in following pages were de-fined according to the type-approvalspecifications in European Directives.

Consumption values are defined bymeans of the following procedures:

– an urban cycle: consisting of acold start and a simulated drive in citystreets;

– an extra-urban cycle: consistingin frequent accelerations, in all gears,


simulating normal conditions of use.Speed ranges from 0 to 120 km/h;

– average combined cycle con-sisting of 37% urban cycle and 63% ex-tra-urban cycle.

IMPORTANT Road and trafficconditions, weather, general con-ditions of the vehicle, driving

style, fittings and accessories, useof the climate control system,load, roof racks and other situa-tions penalising aerodynamicpenetration and effecting rollingresistance will influence fuel con-sumption rates which can be dif-ferent from the values shown in

the table (see “Cheap runningthat respects the environment”in “Driving your car” chapter).

CO2 EMISSIONS AT EXHAUST

The maximum CO2 emission valuesshown in the following table refer tothe average combined cycle.

Consumption according to Directive Urban Extra-urban Combined CO2 emissions at exhaust 99/100/EC (litres/100 km) according to Directive

99/100/EC (g/km)

Engine 2.0

Version 11 Panorama short wheelbase 16.1 11.2 13.0 306Combi short wheelbase 15.9 11.0 12.8 301Panorama short wheelbase 4x4 16,3 11.4 13.2 311

Version 15 Combi medium wheelbase 15.9 11.0 12.8 301Combi medium wheelbase

high sided 16.1 11.2 13.0 306Panorama medium wheelbase 16.3 11.4 13.2 311Combi short wheelbase 4x4 16.1 11.2 13.0 306Combi medium wheelbase 4x4 16.1 11.2 13.0 306

Engine 2.0 JTD

Version 11 Panorama short wheelbase 10.6 8.1 9.0 239Combi short wheelbase 10.2 7.8 8.7 230

Version 15 Combi medium wheelbase 10.6 8.1 9.0 239


Consumption according to Directive Urban Extra-urban Combined CO2 emissions at exhaust99/100/EC (litres/100 km) according to Directive

99/100/EC (g/km)

Engine 2.3 JTD (*)

Version 11 Panorama short wheelbase 9.0 7.7 8.1 216Combi short wheelbase 8.7 7.3 7.8 208

Version 15 Combi medium wheelbase 8.7 7.3 7.8 208Combi medium wheelbase high sided 9.0 7.7 8.1 216Panorama medium wheelbase 9.2 8.0 8.4 223

Engine 2.8 JTD (*)

Version 11 Panorama short wheelbase 10.9 8.8 9.6 234Panorama short wheelbase

automatic gearbox 13.7 10.0 11.3 301Combi short wheelbase 10.6 8.5 9.3 246Panorama short wheelbase 4x4 11.1 9.0 9.8 261

Version 15 Combi medium wheelbase 10.6 8.5 9.3 246Combi medium wheelbase high sided 10.9 8.8 9.6 234Combi medium wheelbase

automatic gearbox 13.4 9.8 11.1 295Combi medium wheelbase high sided

automatic gearbox 13.7 10.0 11.3 301Panorama medium wheelbase 11.1 9.0 9.8 261Panorama medium wheelbase

automatic gearbox 13.9 10.2 11.5 307Combi short wheelbase 4x4 10.9 8.8 9.6 234Combi medium wheelbase 4x4 11.1 9.0 9.8 261

(*) Test was performed with start-up in second gear.


Max. speed (accelera-tor pedal fully down)

Town driving

Mountain driving

+80÷100%

+35÷45%

+10÷15%

Climate control on+5%

+10÷15%

Roof rack or sidewindows half open+5%

Caravan or otheradaptations

F0D

0199

mF0

D01

98m

F0D

0195

m

F0D

0194

mF0

D01

96m

F0D

0197

m

247INDEX

IINNDDEEXX

Bodywork ..................................... 181- maintenance ............................ 181- tips for keeping the body

in good conditions ................. 182- versions .................................... 187- warranty ................................... 182

Bodywork paint identification plate ............................................. 186

Bodywork versions ..................... 187Bonnet ........................................... 84Bottle holder ................................ 74Brake fluid level ........................... 172Brake light replacement ............. 146Brakes- handbrake ......................... 108-216- service and

emergency brake ................... 216Bulb replacement ........................ 141Bulb types ..................................... 142

Bump starting ............................... 137

Capacities ................................... 239

Ceiling light .................................... 71

Cellular phone set-up ................ 100

Central door locking system .... 83

Changing a wheel ........................ 137

Cheap running that respectsthe environment ....................... 127

Checking fluid levels ................... 167

Child restraint systems .............. 22

Cigar lighter ................................. 77

Cleaning seats and fabrics ......... 184

Cleaning the plastic parts .......... 184

Climate control system ............. 57

Clutch ............................................ 216

Controls ........................................ 71

Consumption

- engine oil .................................. 170

- fuel ............................................. 243

Coolant temperature gauge ..... 30

ABS .............................................. 88

Additional heater ........................ 58

Adjusting the headlight beam ... 86

Airbags (front and side) ............. 90

Air cleaner .................................... 173

Air vents ........................................ 54

Annual inspection schedule ...... 165

Ashtray .......................................... 77

ASR system ................................... 96

At the filling station .................... 102

Automatic electronic gearbox .. 110

Battery ........................................ 174- battery cut out ....................... 73

- checking the charge ............... 175

- jump starting .................... 136-157

- recharging ................................ 157

- replacement ............................ 174

- useful advice ............................ 175

248 INDEX

Cruise Control ............................ 68

Current socket ............................ 76

Dashboard ................................. 5

Demisting ...................................... 56

Diesel fuel filter ........................... 173

Differential .................................... 216

Digital clock .................................. 32

Dimensions ........................... 222-224

Dipped beam headlights ............ 65

- bulb replacement ................... 143

Direction indicators ................... 66

- front bulb replacement ......... 145

- rear bulb replacement .......... 146

- side bulb replacement ........... 145

Doors ............................................ 79

- 270° opening ........................... 82

- central door locking .............. 83

- driver’s cab doors .................. 79

- rear door ................................. 81

- remote control ....................... 9

- side sliding door ..................... 80

- window regulators ................ 83

Driving style affecting fuelconsumption .............................. 124

Electric windows ....................... 83

Electronic alarm .......................... 11

Electronic automatic gearbox .. 110

Electronic control units ............. 177

- speed limiter ........................... 177

Emergency starting .............. 107-135

Emission control devices ........... 128

Engine ............................................ 214

- starting diesel engines ........... 106

- starting petrol engines .......... 105

- stopping the engine ............... 108

- supply/ignition ......................... 215

- warming up the engine ......... 107

Engine/bodywork codes ............ 187

Engine compartment .................. 183

Engine coolant gauge .................. 30

Engine coolant level .................... 170

Engine marking ............................ 185

Engine oil ....................................... 169

- consumption ........................... 170

Engine oil level ............................. 169

Engine oil level gauge ................. 32

EOBD system .............................. 95

Fiat Code (system) ................... 7

First aid kit .................................... 161

Flashing the headlights ............... 66

Fluids and lubricants ................... 241

Front/rear ceiling light replacement ............................... 148

Front fog light replacement ...... 145

Fuel cut-off switch ...................... 72

Fuel gauge ..................................... 31

Fuses (replacement) ................... 149

Getting to know your vehicle ............................ 5

Getting the best out of your vehicle ............................ 105

249INDEX

Glove compartment/oddmentcompartment ............................. 73

Headlight washer ...................... 181

Headlights

- beam adjustment .................... 86

Head restraints ............................ 50

Heat flange .................................... 106

Heating .......................................... 56

Heating and ventilation .............. 54

Identification data ...................... 185

If a bulb burns out ...................... 141

If an accident occurs .................. 160

If anyone is injured (during accidents) ..................... 161

If an exterior light burns out ... 143

If an interior light burns out .... 148

Ignition switch ............................. 28

In an emergency ..................... 135

Individual settings ........................ 42

Instrument panel ......................... 29

Instruments .................................. 30

Interior equipment ..................... 73

Interiors ........................................ 184

Jacking the vehicle .................... 158

Jump starting ........................... 136-157

Keys ............................................ 7

Load recommendations .......... 126

Main beam headlights ............ 65

- bulb replacement ................... 143

Manual gearbox ........................... 109

Mobile foot board ....................... 80

Model plate ................................... 185

Multimeter .................................... 78

Number plate lightreplacement ............................... 147

Object holder/food box ..................................... 75

Oddment compartments............ 73

Odometer...................................... 31

Paintwork.................................... 182

Parking ............................................ 108

Parking sensors............................. 67

Performance .................................. 226

Pollen filter .................................... 173

Power steering fluid level ........... 171

Pretensioners ................................ 18

Protecting the environment ...... 104

Radio transmittersand cellular phones .................. 101

Reading/writing desk .................. 74

Rear fog light replacement ....... 145

Rearview camera ........................ 67

Rearview mirrors ................ 51-52

Recharging the battery .............. 157

Remote control ........................... 9

250 INDEX

Rev counter ................................. 30

Reversing light replacement ..... 146

Rims

- understanding rim markings .. 219

Roof rack/ski rack (presetting) .. 101

Rubber tubing .............................. 179

Safe driving.................................. 119

Scheduled Service ....................... 162

Seat belts ....................................... 15

Seats ............................................... 42

Self-standing supplementaryheater .......................................... 59

Service indicator .......................... 33

Service Schedule .......................... 163

Side central windows (opening) 78

Side/taillights ................................. 65

- front bulb replacement ......... 146

Smart wash ................................... 67

Snow chains .......................... 133-218

Snow tyres ............................ 132-221

Sound system ............................... 98

- aerial ......................................... 100

- heavy set-up ............................ 98

- light set-up ............................... 98

Spare wheel .................................. 218

Spark plugs .................................... 215

Speed limiter ................................ 177

Speedometer ................................ 30

Spray nozzles ............................... 181

Starting the engine ...................... 105

- bump starting .......................... 137

- Diesel engine procedure ...... 106

- emergency starting ......... 107-135

- ignition switch ......................... 28

- jump starting .................... 136-157

- petrol engine procedure ...... 105

- stopping the engine ................ 108

- warming up the engine after it has just started ................... 107

Steering ......................................... 218

Steering column lock .................. 28

Steering column stalks ............... 65

Steering wheel ............................. 51

Sun visors ...................................... 78

Suspensions .................................. 217

Symbols ......................................... 7

Tank cap................................ 99-103

Technical specifications ........ 185

Third brake lightreplacement ................................. 146

Tools ................................................ 138

Top speeds ..................................... 226

Tow hitch (fitting diagrams)................... 130-131

Tow hitch installation .................. 129

Towing a trailer ............................. 129

Towing the vehicle ....................... 159

Transmission .................................. 216

Transporting children in safety .. 22

Tyre pressure ................................. 220

Tyres ......................................... 178-220

251INDEX

Understanding rim markings ... 219

Understanding tyre markings ... 219

Using the automatic gearbox ... 110

Using the manual gearbox ........ 109

Vehicle maintenance ........... 162

Vehicle storage ............................. 134

Ventilation...................................... 56

Warming up the engineafter it has just started ............. 107

Warning lights ............................. 35

Washing the vehicle ................... 182

Weights ......................................... 227

Wheel geometry ......................... 218

Wheels and tyres ........................ 178

- changing a wheel .................... 137

- inflation pressure ................... 220

- snow chains ............................ 133

- snow tyres .............................. 132

- spare wheel ............................. 218

- understanding tyre markings ................................... 219

- wheel geometry ..................... 218

Windows ...................................... 183

Windscreen washer ............ 66-181

Windscreen washer fluid level .................................... 171

Windscreen wiper (blades) ..................... 66-180

Writing/reading desk ................. 74

252 INDEX

NNOOTTEESS

253INDEX

®

Always ask your mechanic for ®

The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia,a range of lubricants which satisfies the most advanced

international specifications. Specific tests and high technical characteristicss allow the Selenia range to guarantee

the optimum and top quality performance of your engine.

SELENIA 20KAPI SL lubricant ,which guarantees optimumperformance and maximum wear protection toaspirated, turbocharged or multivalve petrol engines.

SELENIA PERFORMERIs particularly ideal for the protection of newgeneration petrol engines,Very effective even in the most severe weatherconditions. It guaranteees a reduction in fuelconsumption (Energy conserving ).

SELENIA TDOil for aspirated turbocharged or multivalve dieselengines, guarantees maximum engine cleanlinessand stability at high temperatures.

SELENIA WROil which has been specifically designed for use incommon rail andMultijet diesel engines. Effective dur-ing cold starts it offers maximim wear protection,hydraulic tappets control, consumption reductionand stability at high temperatures.

Oil change? The experts reccomend Selenia.

The Selenia range includes a number of of technologically advanced products:

For further information on Selenia products, please visit the website www.flselenia.com.

The complete Selenia range also includes Selenia 20K Alfa Romeo, Selenia Performer 5W-40, Selenia Racing and Selenia Digitech.

2.0 petrol

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)

ENGINE OIL CHANGE

FUEL CAPACITIES (litres)

For all engine typesTank capacity........................................................................ litres 80Reserve .................................................................................. litres 8 ÷ 10

Refuel petrol engines with unleaded petrol with an octane rating (RON) no lower than 95 only.

Refuel diesel engines with diesel fuel for motor vehicles (EN590 specifications) only.

Version

11

15

MAXI

(*) 4.75 bar for vehicles with maximum admitted load on rear axle over 2000 kg. (**) 2.8 JTD POWER versionsFor warm tyres the pressure should be +0.3 bar in relation to the prescribed value.Check again the correct pressure when the tyres are cold.

Unladen and fully loadedRear

4.04.05.04.55.0

4.5 (*)4.55.5

Front

4.04.05.04.15.04.54.55.5

All types

Camping CarAll typesCamping CarAll types

Camping Car

Tyre

195/70 R15C (103/101) Q205/70 R15C (106/104) Q

215/70 R15C (109/107) Q Camping205/70 R15C (106/104) Q/205/70 R15C (106/104) R (**)

215/70 R15C (109/107) Q Camping205/75 R16C (110/108) Q/205/75 R16C (110/108) R (**)215/75 R16C (113/111) Q/215/75 R16C (113/111) R (**)

215/75 R16C (113/111) Q Camping

2.8 JTD - 2.8 JTDPOWER

litres

5–

kg

4.5–

kg

–5.6

litres

5.05.7

kg

5.25.7

kg

4.55.1

2.3 JTD

Fiat Auto S.p.A.After Sales - Assistenza Tecnica - Ingegneria Assistenziale

Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)Print no. 603.45.862 - IV/2005 - 3rd edition

2.0 JTD

litres

–6.25

litres

5.86.3

Engine sumpEngine sump and filter

Ducato Manual

Documents

Transcript of Ducato Manual